20HLV15 Toshiba LCD TV DVD SVM
User Manual: 20HLV15
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 97
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
FILE NO. 810-200556 Rev. 01 SERVICE MANUAL LCD TV/DVD 20HLV15 DOCUMENT CREATED IN JAPAN, July, 2005 Introduction ENER Y STAR PARTNER Connecting your TV/DVD Setting up your TV/DVD Using the TV/DVD’s Features National Service Division DVD Playback CableClear, ColorStream, TheaterWide and StableSound are registered trademarks of Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. LCDVD and GameTimer are trademarks of Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. Appendix 20HLV15 Printed in Thailand J5U90201A SH 05/06 N NOTE TO CATV INSTALLERS Always read and understand the PRODUCT WARNINGS and USER DIRECTIONS that are contained in this manual before attempting to use your television, to help ensure its safe use. Always store this manual near your television for convenient future reference. Child Safety It Makes A Difference Where Your TV Stands Congratulations on your purchase! As you enjoy your new TV, keep these safety tips in mind: The Issue Safety Precautions TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK! DO NOT OPEN. CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC Toshiba Cares! SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). The consumer electronics industry is committed to making home entertainment enjoyable and safe. The Consumer Electronics Association formed the Home Entertainment Support Safety Committee, comprised of TV and consumer electronics furniture manufacturers, to advocate children’s safety and educate consumers and their families about television safety. NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. Tune Into Safety CAUTION: To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not use the polarized plug with an extension cord, receptacle, or other outlet unless the blades can be inserted completely to prevent blade exposure. WARNING: Handling the cord on this product or cords associated with accessories sold with this product will expose you to lead, a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. 2500 Wilson Blvd. Arlington, VA 22201 U.S.A. Tel. 703-907-7600 Fax 703-907-7690 www.CE.org CEA is the Sponsor, Producer and Manager of the International CES® ® ENERGY STAR qualified TV. Products that earn the ENERGY STAR prevent green house gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR ENER Y STAR mark are registered U.S. marks. WARNING: Always use the Toshiba wall bracket specified below or another wall bracket approved by Toshiba for wall mounting this television. The use of any wall bracket other than the Toshiba wall bracket specified below or another wall bracket approved by Toshiba for wall mounting this television could result in serious bodily injury and/or property damage. In the U.S.: Use Toshiba wall bracket model number FWB2027. For more information, call TACP's Consumer Solutions Center at 1-800-6313811 or visit TACP's website at www.tacp.toshiba.com. In Canada: Call TCL's Customer Service Department at 1-800-268-3404. This equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. FCC Declaration of Conformity Compliance Statement (Part 15): The Toshiba 20HLV15, LCD TV/DVD Combination complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The party responsible for compliance to these rules is: Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. 82 Totowa Rd. Wayne, NJ 07470. Ph: (800) 631-3811 NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by removing and applying power to the equipment, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: - Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. - Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. - Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. - Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. CAUTION: Changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved by Toshiba could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. Location of the required Marking The rating sheet and the safety caution are the rear of the unit. CAUTION: THIS DIGITAL VIDEO PLAYER EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM. TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS OWNER'S MANUAL CAREFULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE, CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION. USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE. VISIBLE LASER RADIATION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM. CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS, 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J. IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS 1. READ INSTRUCTIONS 2. RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS 3. HEED WARNINGS 4. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS 5. CLEANING All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated. The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference. All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to. All operating and use instructions should be followed. DVD Playback One size does NOT fit all! Use appropriate furniture large enough to support the weight of your TV (and other electronic components). Use appropriate angle braces, straps, and anchors to secure your furniture to the wall (but never screw anything directly into the TV). Carefully read and understand the other enclosed instructions for proper use of this product. Do not allow children to climb on or play with furniture and TVs. Avoid placing any item on top of your TV (such as a VCR, remote control, or toy) that a curious child may reach for. Remember that children can become excited while watching a program and can potentially push or pull a TV over. Share our safety message about this hidden hazard of the home with your family and friends. Thank you! Federal Communications Commission (FCC): Using the TV/DVD’s Features The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT USE THIS POLARIZED PLUG WITH AN EXTENSION CORD, RECEPTACLE OR OTHER OUTLET UNLESS THE BLADES CAN BE FULLY INSERTED TO PREVENT BLADE EXPOSURE. Setting up your TV/DVD If you are like most consumers, you have a TV in your home. Many homes, in fact, have more than one TV. The home theater entertainment experience is a growing trend, and larger TVs are popular purchases; however, they are not always supported on the proper TV stands. Sometimes TVs are improperly secured or inappropriately situated on dressers, bookcases, shelves, desks, audio speakers, chests, or carts. As a result, TVs may fall over, causing unnecessary injury. WARNING: FCC compliance information Connecting your TV/DVD Dear Customer, Thank you very much for purchasing this Toshiba television. You must carefully read and understand all of the safety instructions contained in this manual before you attempt to use this product in order to avoid potential hazards that could cause bodily injury or property damage or could damage your Television. We hope that you are completely satisfied with your Toshiba television and that it will give you long and enjoyable service. We look forward to providing you with additional Toshiba products to serve all of your entertainment needs in the future. This is a reminder to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC, which provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. For additional antenna grounding information, see item 17 on page 4. Introduction Introduction 64 Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Clean only with a dry cloth. 6. ATTACHMENTS 7. WATER AND MOISTURE Do not use attachments not recommended by the product manufacturer as they may cause hazards. 2 3 Appendix Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Introduction ACCESSORIES 9. PORTABLE CART WARNING (symbol provided by RETAC) DANGER: RISK OF DEATH, SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. S3126A VENTILATION Slots and openings in the cabinet back or bottom are provided for ventilation, and to ensure reliable operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat source. This unit should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to. 18. SERVICING Do not attempt to service this unit yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. For example: a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit. c. If the unit has been exposed to rain or water. d. If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal operation. e. If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged. f. When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service. 19. REPLACEMENT PARTS Wide plug When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards. 20. SAFETY CHECK 10. POWER SOURCE This unit should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the rating plate. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company. This unit is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. 12. POWER-CORD PROTECTION Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the unit is in proper operating condition. 21. HEAT The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat. 22. DISC SLOT Keep your fingers well clear of the disc slot as it is closing. Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury. 23. CONNECTING When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause a product damage. Read the owner's manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections. Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the appliance. 24. HEADPHONES 13. LIGHTNING 14. POWER LINES An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall onto or against such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits, as contact with them might be fatal. When you use headphones, keep the volume at a moderate level. Using headphones continuously at a high volume may cause hearing damage. 25. LASER BEAM Do not look into the opening of the disc slot or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the laser beam. Doing so may cause sight damage. 26. DISC Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product malfunction. 15. OVERLOADING Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. 16. OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY 27. LCD Do not push objects through any openings in this unit, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in fire or electric shock. Never spill or spray any type of liquid into the unit. 17. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING 28. NOTE TO CABLE TV SYSTEM INSTALLER This reminder is provided to call the Cable TV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. ON DISPOSAL ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE GROUND CLAMP ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT (NEC SECTION 810-20) POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (NEC ART 250, PART H) This product contains mercury. Disposal of mercury may be regulated due to environmental considerations. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronic Industrial Alliance: www.eiae.org. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (NEC SECTION 810-21) Appendix ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUND CLAMPS 5 Precautions Notes on discs Important notes about your LCD TV Notes on moisture condensation On handling discs Structure of disc contents The following symptoms are technical limitations of LCD Display technology and are not an indication of malfunction. Therefore, Toshiba is not responsible for perceived defects resulting from these symptoms. Moisture condensation damages the unit. Please read the following carefully. • Do not touch the playback side of the disc. Normally, DVD video discs are divided into titles, and the titles are sub-divided into chapters. Video CDs and Audio CDs are divided into tracks. Moisture condensation occurs, for example, when you pour a cold drink into a glass on a warm day and drops of water form on the outside of the glass. In the same way, moisture may condense on this unit’s internal optical pickup lens, one of the most crucial internal parts of the unit. DVD video disc DVD video disc Title 1 Title 2 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Video CD/Audio CD Optical pick-up lens DO NOT Video CD/Audio CD Track 1 ■ Moisture condensation may occur in the following situations: • Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center outward with a soft, lint-free cloth. Always keep the disc clean. DO DO NOT The unauthorized recording, use, distribution, or revision of television programs, video tapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorised by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorised by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. • Never store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. • Never store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. • Always store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. DVD Playback Using the unit when moisture condensation exists may damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, connect the power cord of the unit to the wall outlet, turn on the unit, and leave it for two or three hours. After two or three hours, the unit will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. Keep the unit connected to the wall outlet and moisture condensation will seldom occur. Using the TV/DVD’s Features ■ When you place this unit near a TV, radio, or VCR, the playback picture may become poor and the sound may be distorted. In this case, place the unit away from the TV, radio, or VCR. ■ To avoid damage to this product, never place or store the TV/DVD in direct sunlight; hot, humid areas; or areas subject to excessive dust or vibration. ■ Always place the TV/DVD on the floor or a sturdy, level stable surface that can support the weight of the unit. Use a sturdy tie between the TV/DVD's rear hooks and the rear wall, pillar, etc., or screw the TV to the stand using the TV’s rear screw hole or a safety band (see illustration). Track 5 Notes on copyright On storing discs ■ Never use the unit when moisture condensation may occur. Track 4 Each title, chapter or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number” or “track number” respectively. Some discs may not have these numbers. • Never use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners, or antistatic spray made for use on vinyl LPs. Use of such liquids may damage the disc. Notes on locating the unit Track 3 On cleaning discs Setting up your TV/DVD • When you move the unit from a cold area to a warm area. • When you use the unit in a room in which the heat was just turned on. • When you use the unit in an area where cold air from an air conditioner directly hits the unit. • When you use the unit in a humid area. ■ Do not subject the LCD panel to physical shock, such as dropping it. It may cause unit damage and malfunction. ■ Retain the original shipping carton and packing materials. For maximum protection when shipping, repack the unit as it was originally packed at the factory. ■ Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide, near the unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products in contact with the unit for prolonged periods of time. Doing so will leave marks on the finish. ■ The top and rear panels of the unit may become warm after a long period of use. This is not a malfunction. ■ When the unit is not in use, always remove the disc and turn off the power. ■ If you do not use the unit for a long period, the unit may not function properly in the future. Turn on and use the unit occasionally. Track 2 Connecting your TV/DVD Chapter 1 Playback side • Do not attach paper or tape to discs. le of mo Examp ensat isture ion! cond Notes on handling Screw DO Introduction Introduction 4 1) An afterimage (ghost) may appear on the screen if a fixed, nonmoving image is displayed for a long period of time. The afterimage is not permanent and will disappear in a short period of time. 2) The LCD panel contained in this TV is manufactured using an extremely high level of precision technology; however, there may be an occasional pixel (dot of light) that does not operate properly (does not light, remains constantly lit, etc.). This is a structural property of LCD technology, is not a sign of malfunction, and is not covered under your warranty. Such pixels are not visible when the picture is viewed from a normal viewing distance. Note: Interactive video games that involve shooting a “gun” type of joystick at an on-screen target may not work on this TV. DVD Playback If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges, Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC), ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. Do not press on or jolt the LCD panel. Doing so may cause the LCD panel glass to break and injury may occur. Should the LCD panel be broken and liquid leaks out, do not inhale or swallow it. Doing so may cause poisoning. If you have got it into your mouth, wash it out and consult your doctor. If your hands or clothes have touched it, wipe them with alcohol and a cleaning cloth and then wash them well. Using the TV/DVD’s Features To protect your unit from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the unit due to lightning and power line surges. NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE S2898A Setting up your TV/DVD 11. GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE Connecting your TV/DVD Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the product. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer, or sold ith the product. Any mounting of the product should follow the manufacturer's instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer. 8A. An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn. Introduction 8. Wa it! Wall outlet Tie Wall Screw holes TV Stand Appendix Hooks Screw Safety Band Note on cleaning Clean only with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth. 6 7 Introduction This unit can play the following discs. Disc Mark Disc Size Audio + Video (moving pictures) 12 cm Maximum playback time Approx. 4 hours (single sided disc) DVD video discs Notes on region numbers Video CDs DIGITAL VIDEO Approx. 80 minutes 8 cm (single sided disc) [with Disc adapter] Approx. 160 minutes (double sided disc) 12 cm Approx. 74 minutes Audio + Video (moving 8 cm pictures) [with Disc Approx. 20 minutes adapter] On Video CDs 12 cm The DVD player contained in this LCD TV supports Video CDs equipped with the PBC (Version 2.0) function. (PBC is the abbreviation of Playback Control.) You can enjoy two playback variations depending on types of discs. Audio CDs 8 cm (CD single) Approx. 20 minutes [with Disc adapter] The following discs are also available. • DVD-R/RW discs of DVD video format • CD-R/CD-RW discs of CD-DA, Video CD, MP3, WMA or JPEG format • Kodak Picture CD and FUJICOLOR CD format Some of these discs may be incompatible. Setting up your TV/DVD ...................................... 21 Using the remote control .......................................... 21 Installing the remote control batteries ................. 21 Learning about the remote control ...................... 22 Starting setup ........................................................... 23 Changing the on-screen display language ......... 23 Adding channels to the TV/DVD’s memory ........ 24 Programming channels automatically ................. 24 Adding and erasing channels manually .............. 24 Changing channels ............................................. 24 Game mode ........................................................ 24 Using the TV/DVD’s features .............................. 25 Adjusting the channel settings .................................. 25 Switching between two channels ........................ 25 Programming your favorite channels .................. 25 Using the LOCKS menu ........................................... 26 Selecting a password .......................................... 26 Using the V-Chip (parental control) feature ......... 27 Locking channels ................................................ 28 Locking the video inputs ..................................... 28 Setting the GameTimerTM .................................... 29 Using the panel lock feature ............................... 29 Labeling channels .................................................... 30 Selecting the video input source .............................. 31 Labeling the video input sources .............................. 31 Setting the clock ....................................................... 31 Setting the ON timer ................................................. 32 Viewing the wide-screen picture formats (480i and 480p signals only) .................................................... 33 Selecting the cinema mode ...................................... 34 Selecting a location for the TV/DVD The STARTING SETUP feature appears the first time you turn on the TV/DVD. See page 23 for details. PL A ST Y O P SK IP EJ 4 EC /¢ T 0 PO W ER EN U VO LU C ME H AN + N /– E TV /V L M ID EO / ? You can operate your TV/DVD by using the buttons on the top panel or the remote control. The side and back panels provide the inputs to connect other equipment to your TV/DVD. M Language code list ................................................... 59 Troubleshooting ........................................................ 60 Specifications ........................................................... 62 Limited United States Warranty ................................ 63 9 Exploring your new TV/DVD Approx 10˚ Remote control Top Right side Front Connecting your TV/DVD • A coaxial cable is the standard cable that comes in from your antenna or cable converter box. Coaxial cables use “F” connectors. • Standard A/V (audio/video) cables are usually color coded according to use: yellow for video and red and white for audio. The red audio cable is for the stereo right channel, and the white audio cable is for the stereo left (or mono) channel. If you look at the rear panel of the TV/DVD, you will see that the terminals are color coded in the same manner as the cables. • S-video cables provide better picture performance than standard video cables. S-video cables can only be used with S-video compatible components. • Component video cables provide better picture performance than S-video cables. Component video cables can only be used with component video compatible components. • HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) cable is for use with video equipment that has HDMI output (see page 17). To prevent equipment damage, do not plug in any power cords until you have finished connecting all equipment. S-Video Cable ANTENNA Coaxial Cable AUDIO Cables Component video Cables HDMI Cable Connecting a VCR This connection allows you to watch local channels and video programs, play or record on the VCR while watching TV, and record from one channel while watching another channel. AUDIO-2 IN TV/DVD back panel You will need: • two coaxial cables • one set of standard A/V cables Using the TV/DVD’s Features VIDEO Cable HEADPHONE Side panel Note: Setting up your TV/DVD POWER indicator Remote sensor You can adjust the angle of the Disc slot TV screen 5˚ forward or 10˚ backward from vertical. Hold the base of the TV/ DVD while adjusting the Left side angle. • Place the TV/DVD on the floor or on a sturdy platform in a location where light does not directly hit the screen. • Place the TV/DVD far enough from the walls to allow proper ventilation. Inadequate ventilation may cause overheating, which may damage the TV/DVD. Connecting your TV/DVD The volume and channel buttons on the top panel can be used as / and / buttons while the TV menu is displayed on screen. Approx 5˚ Back Appendix .............................................................. 59 Introduction Introduction 8 Top panel Playing a disc ........................................................... 42 Playing in fast reverse or fast forward directions ...... 44 Playing frame by frame ............................................ 44 Playing in slow-motion .............................................. 44 Locating a chapter or track ....................................... 44 Zooming ................................................................... 45 Locating desired scene ............................................ 45 Marking desired scenes ........................................... 46 Marking the scenes ............................................. 46 Retuning to the scenes ....................................... 46 Repeat playback ....................................................... 47 A-B Repeat playback ................................................ 47 Program playback .................................................... 48 Random playback ..................................................... 48 Changing angles ...................................................... 49 Title selection ............................................................ 49 DVD menu ................................................................ 49 Changing soundtrack language ................................ 50 Subtitles .................................................................... 50 Karaoke playback ..................................................... 51 Disc status ................................................................ 51 To turn off the PBC ................................................... 51 MP3/WMA/JPEG CD operation ................................ 52 MP3/WMA CD playback ..................................... 53 JPEG CD playback ............................................. 54 DVD function setup .................................................. 55 Customizing the function settings ....................... 55 Temporary disabling of parental level by DVD disc ..... 58 Appendix Because of problems and errors that can occur during the creation of DVD and CD software and/or the manufacture of DVD and CD discs, Toshiba cannot guarantee that the DVD player contained in this LCD TV will play every feature of every DVD bearing the DVD logo and/or every CD bearing the CD logo. As one of the creators of DVD technology, Toshiba DVD players are manufactured using the highest standards of quality, and as a result, such incompatibilities are rare. If you happen to experience any difficulty playing a DVD or a CD on the DVD player contained in this LCD TV, please feel free to contact us via the methods listed in the “How to Obtain Warranty Services” sections on page 63 (as applicable). DVD Playback ...................................................... 42 DVD Playback • You cannot play discs other than those listed above. • You cannot play discs of DVD-RAM, DVD-ROM, Photo CD, etc., or non standardized discs even if they may be labeled as above. • Some CD-R/RWs cannot be played back depending on the recording conditions. • This unit uses the NTSC color system, and cannot play DVD video discs recorded in any other color system (PAL, SECAM, etc.). • When you playback the 8 cm disc, you need an adapter (not supplied). Connecting a VCR .................................................... 11 Connecting a cable converter box or Antenna ......... 12 Connecting a satellite receiver and a VCR ............... 13 Connecting a DVD player with ColorStream® (component video) and a VCR ................................. 14 Connecting a DTV receiver/set-top box with ColorStream® (component video) and a VCR .......... 15 Connecting a camcorder .......................................... 16 Connecting an HDMI™ or a DVI device to the HDMI input ............................................................... 17 Connecting an amplifier equipped with a Dolby® Digital decoder ......................................................... 18 Connecting an amplifier equipped with a DTS® decoder .................................................................... 18 Connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG audio decoder ........................................................... 19 Connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input ................................................................ 19 Connecting a PC (Personal Computer) .................... 20 Power source ........................................................... 20 Using the TV/DVD’s Features • Video CD not equipped with PBC function (Version 1.1) Sound and movie can be played on this DVD in the same way as an audio CD. • Video CD equipped with PBC function (Version 2.0) In addition to operation of a Video CD not equipped with the PBC function, you can enjoy playback of interactive software with search function by using the menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback). Some of the functions described in this owner’s manual may not work with some discs. Audio Approx. 74 minutes Connecting your TV/DVD ................................... 11 Setting up your TV/DVD The region number of this unit is 1. If region numbers, which stand for their playable area, are printed on your DVD video disc and you do not find 1 or ALL , disc playback will not be allowed by the player. (In this case, the unit will display a message on-screen.) Some DVDs that have no region code label may still be subject to area restrictions and therefore are not playable. Approx. 8 hours (double sided disc) Connecting your TV/DVD Contents FCC compliance information ...................................... 3 IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS ..................................... 3 Precautions ................................................................ 6 Notes on discs ............................................................ 7 Exploring your new TV/DVD ..................................... 10 Selecting a location for the TV/DVD ......................... 11 Introduction Playable discs This owner’s manual explains the basic instructions of this unit. Some DVD video discs are produced in a manner that allows specific or limited operation during playback. As such, the unit may not respond to all operating commands. This is not a defect in the unit. Refer to instruction notes of discs. “ ” may appear on the TV screen during operation. A “ ” means that the operation is not permitted by the unit or the disc. For example, sometimes it is unable to stop the playback of copyright message of the disc when the STOP (■) button is pressed. Alternatively, the “ ” may also indicate that the feature is not available for the disc. Using the ASPECT feature ....................................... 34 Setting the sleep timer .............................................. 35 Using the closed caption feature .............................. 35 Adjusting the picture ................................................. 36 Selecting the picture mode ................................. 36 Adjusting the picture quality ................................ 36 Using the CableClear® feature ............................ 37 Selecting the color temperature .......................... 37 Resetting your picture adjustments .................... 37 Adjusting the sound .................................................. 38 Muting the sound ................................................ 38 Selecting stereo/SAP broadcasts ....................... 38 Adjusting the sound quality ................................. 38 Resetting your audio adjustments ...................... 39 Using the StableSound® feature ......................... 39 Using the WOW™ surround sound feature ........ 39 Selecting the HDMI audio input source .............. 40 Adjusting the back lighting feature ........................... 40 Displaying on-screen information ............................. 40 Auto power off .......................................................... 40 Understanding the Power Return feature ................. 40 Picture/Audio adjustments in the PC mode ........ 41 Resetting your picture/audio adjustments in the PC mode ............................................................. 41 Introduction ........................................................... 2 About this owner’s manual Note: VIDEO-1 IN Back panel Cable Lead-in from cable box or antenna Stereo VCR IN IN from ANT DC IN ColorStream HDMI IN HD IN COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO-1 IN 10 OUT to TV OUT CH 3 CH 4 VIDEO L AUDIO R 11 Appendix RF IN The unauthorized recording, use, distribution or revision of television programs, videotapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability. DVD Playback If using a mono VCR, connect L/Mono to VCR Audio OUT using only one audio cable. For better picture quality, if your VCR has Svideo, you can use an S-video cable instead of the standard video cable. Do not connect a standard video cable and an S-video cable to VIDEO-1 simultaneously. PC IN Connecting a satellite receiver and a VCR This television has an extended tuning range and can tune most cable channels without using a cable company supplied converter box. Some cable companies offer "premium pay channels" in which the signal is scrambled. Descrambling these signals for normal viewing requires the use of a descrambler device, which is generally provided by the cable company. This connection allows you to watch satellite, VCR, or TV programs. You can record from the satellite receiver and TV, as well as record one TV channel while watching another channel. You will need: • three coaxial cables • two sets of standard A/V cables • one S-video cable From satellite Satellite Receiver Note: VIDEO For basic cable service not requiring a Converter/Descrambler box, connect the incoming 75 ohm Coaxial Cable directly to the Antenna Jack on the back of the television. Satellite IN L AU DIO You can use a standard video cable instead of the S-video cable, but the picture quality will decrease. If you use an S-video cable between the TV/DVD and DVD player/satellite receiver, make the audio connections but remove the standard video cable. Do not connect both an S-video and a standard video cable to VIDEO1 at the same time or the picture performance will be unacceptable. R OUT OUT to T V S-VIDEO Option 2: For Subscribers to Scrambled Cable TV Service If you subscribe to a cable service that requires the use of a Converter/ Descrambler box, connect the incoming cable to the Converter/ Descrambler box and connect the output of the box to the Antenna Jack on the back of the television. Follow the connections shown below. Set the television to the output of the Converter/Descrambler box (usually channel 3 or 4) and use the Converter/Descrambler box to select channels. IN from ANT OUT to T V OUT CH 3 CH 4 L VIDEO AU DIO R Note: When you use a converter box with your TV/ DVD, there may be features that you cannot program using the remote control, such as labeling channels, blocking channels, and programming your favorite channels. Using the TV/DVD’s Features TV/DVD back panel From Cable Option 1: TV/DVD back panel Option 2: Cable Box Cable Box Splitter A/B Switch DVD Playback Option 3: Setting up your TV/DVD IN Option 3: For Subscribers to Unscrambled Basic Cable with Scrambled Premium Channels If you subscribe to a cable service in which basic cable channels are unscrambled and premium channels require the use of a Converter/ Descrambler box, you may wish to use a two-set signal splitter (sometimes called a "two-set coupler") and an A/B Switch box from the cable installer or an electronics supply store. Follow the connections shown below. With the switch in the "B" position, you can directly tune any nonscrambled channels on your TV/DVD. With the switch in the "A" position, tune your TV/DVD to the output of the Converter/Descrambler box (usually channel 3 or 4) and use the box to tune scrambled channels. The unauthorized recording, use, distribution or revision of television programs, videotapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability. Stereo VCR Connecting your TV/DVD Connecting your TV/DVD Option 1: For Subscribers to Basic Cable TV Service Introduction Connecting a cable converter box or Antenna A B Appendix 12 From Antenna OUT L COMPONENT VIDEO R Y VIDEO AU D I O S-VIDEO This connection allows you to watch DTV (digital TV), VCR, and TV programs, and record DTV and TV programs. Your TV/DVD has ColorStream® (component video) inputs. Connecting your TV/DVD to a DTV receiver with component video can greatly enhance picture quality and realism. OUT The unauthorized recording, use, distribution or revision of television programs, videotapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability. Stereo VCR IN from ANT IN OUT to TV OUT CH 3 CH 4 VIDEO L AUDIO R TV/DVD back panel TV/DVD back panel Stereo VCR From DTV Antenna IN OUT to TV OUT L VIDEO The unauthorized recording, use, distribution, or revision of television programs, videotapes, DVDs, and other materials is prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability. AUDIO OUT L CH 3 CH 4 Note: For HDMI connection, see page 17. The ColorStream HD jacks and HDMI jacks can be used with Progressive (480p, 720p) and Interlaced (480i, 1080i) scan systems. If your DTV receiver does not have component video, use the S-video and standard audio connections instead. Do not connect both an S-video and a standard video cable to VIDEO1 at the same time or the picture performance will be unacceptable. Using the TV/DVD’s Features From antenna I N f ro m A N T You will need: • three coaxial cables • two sets of standard A/V cables • one set of standard audio cables • one set of component video cables Setting up your TV/DVD DVD player with Component video Note: The ColorStream HD jacks can be used with Progressive (480p, 720p) and Interlaced (480i, 1080i) scan systems. A 1080i signal will provide the best picture performance. Connecting a DTV receiver/set-top box with ColorStream® (component video) and a VCR Connecting your TV/DVD Connecting your TV/DVD This connection allows you to watch DVD, VCR, or TV programs and record TV programs. You can record from one source while watching a program from another source. Your TV/DVD is capable of using ColorStream (component video). Connecting your TV/DVD to a component video compatible DVD player, such as a Toshiba DVD player with ColorStream®, can greatly enhance picture quality and performance. You will need: • two coaxial cables • one set of standard A/V cables • one set of component video cables • one pair of standard audio cables Introduction Connecting a DVD player with ColorStream® (component video) and a VCR 13 R Y AU D I O COMPONENT VIDEO VIDEO OUT DVD Playback S-VIDEO R DTV Receiver with Component video Appendix 14 15 Connecting an HDMI™ or a DVI device to the HDMI input This connection allows you to watch videos recorded on a camcorder. You will need: • one set of standard AV cables VHS Camcorder S-VIDEO VIDEO [1] [2] [3] [4] This input is designed to accept HDCP[3] program material in digital form from EIA/CEA-861/861B–compliant[4] consumer electronic devices (such as a set-top box or DVD player with HDMI or DVI output). AUDIO L R The HDMI input is designed for best performance with high definition video signals. It will accept and display 480i, 480p, 720p and 1080i signals. OUT Note: The HDMI jack is not intended for connection to and should not be used with a personal computer. For PC connection, see page 20. TV/DVD Side panel To ensure that the HDMI or DVI device is reset properly, it is recommended that you follow these procedures: • When turning on your electronic components, turn on the TV/DVD first, and then the HDMI or DVI device. • When turning off your electronic components, turn off the HDMI or DVI device first,and then the TV/DVD. To connect an HDMI device, you will need: • one HDMI cable (type A connector) S-VHS Camcorder VIDEO AUDIO L R OUT Note: To connect a DVI device, you will need: • one HDMI–to–DVI adapter cable (HDMI type A connector) HDMI cable transfers both video and audio. Separate analog audio cables are not required (see illustration below). For proper operation, the length of an HDMI-to-DVI adapter cable should not exceed 9.8 ft (3m). The recommended length is 6.6 ft (2m). You must set the HDMI audio input setting to “HDMI” in the AUDIO menu (see page 40). • one pair of standard analog audio cables An HDMI-to-DVI adapter cable transfers only video. Separate analog audio cables are required (see illustration below). Some CDVs (Video CDs) may not output digital audio signals. In that case, you may hear sound by connecting analog audio cables. If you do use analog audio cables for this reason, you will need to set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” to hear the analog audio (see page 40). Note: If you connect an HDMI device and analog audio cables and play media with digital audio output, to hear digital audio you must set the HDMI audio input setting to “HDMI” (page 40). You must set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” in the AUDIO menu (see page 40). DVI device VIDEO DVI OUT AUDIO L R IN OUT Using the TV/DVD’s Features For better picture quality, if your camcorder has S-video, you can use an S-video cable (plus the standard audio cables) instead of a standard video cable. Do not connect both a standard video cable and an S-video cable at the same time, or the picture performance will be unacceptable. TV/DVD back panel For proper operation, it is recommended that you use as short an HDMI cable as possible. You should not encounter difficulty if you use an HDMI cable that is shorter than 16.4 ft (5m). Setting up your TV/DVD S-VIDEO You will need: • one S-video cable • one pair of standard audio cables HDMI = High-Definition Multimedia Interface. DVI = Digital Video Interface. HDCP = High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection. EIA/CEA-861/861B compliance covers the transmission of uncompressed digital video with highbandwidth digital content protection, which is being standardized for reception of high-definition video signals. Because this is an evolving technology, it is possible that some devices may not operate properly with the TV/DVD. Connecting your TV/DVD Connecting your TV/DVD The HDMI[1] input on your TV/DVD receives digital audio and uncompressed digital video from an HDMI device or uncompressed digital video from a DVI[2] device. Introduction Connecting a camcorder HDMI device VIDEO AUDIO L R IN HDMI OUT TV/DVD back panel Appendix HDMI, the HDMI logo, and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing, LLC. 16 17 Amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder To COAXIAL type digital audio input Digital Theater Systems (DTS) DTS is a high quality surround technology used in theaters and now available for home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. If you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain the full benefit of 5.1 channel DTS encoded sound tracks on DVD video discs or audio CDs. TV/DVD back panel Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro Logic, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. You will need: • one coaxial cable Notes: • Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor. • Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. • The output sound of the TV/DVD has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate listening level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged. DTS and DTS Digital Out are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Amplifier equipped with a DTS decoder Connecting your TV/DVD TV/DVD back panel Notes: • Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor. • Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. • The output sound of the TV/DVD has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate listening level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged. To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT Amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder To COAXIAL type digital audio input Connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input 2 channel digital stereo You can enjoy the dynamic sound of 2 channel digital stereo by connecting an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left front speakers). You will need: • one coaxial cable Notes: TV/DVD back panel • PCM audio is limited to DVD or CD playback. • Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor. • Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. • The output sound of the TV/DVD has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate listening level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged. To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT Amplifier equipped with a Digital audio input To COAXIAL type digital audio input Appendix To COAXIAL type digital audio input DVD Playback To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT • DO NOT connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the AC-3 RF input of a Dolby Digital Receiver. This input on your A/V Receiver is reserved for Laserdisc use only and is incompatible with the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD. • Connect the COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT jack of the TV/DVD to the “COAXIAL” input of a Receiver or Processor. • Refer to the owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. • The output sound of the TV/DVD has a wide dynamic range. Be sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to a moderate listening level. Otherwise, the speakers may be damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Turn off the amplifier before you connect or disconnect the TV/DVD’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power on, the speakers may be damaged. You will need: • one coaxial cable Using the TV/DVD’s Features Connecting an amplifier equipped with a DTS® decoder Notes: MPEG2 sound You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs encoded via the MPEG2 recording system with dynamic realistic sound by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder or MPEG2 audio processor. Setting up your TV/DVD To COAXIAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT You will need: • one coaxial cables Connecting your TV/DVD TV/DVD back panel Connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG audio decoder Introduction Connecting an amplifier equipped with a Dolby® Digital decoder Dolby Digital Dolby Digital is the surround sound technology used in theaters showing the latest movies, and is now available to reproduce this realistic effect in the home. You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs encoded via the Dolby Digital recording system with this dynamic realistic sound by connecting the TV/DVD to a 6 channel amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. If you have a Dolby Surround Pro Logic decoder, you will obtain the full benefit of Pro Logic from the same DVD movies that provide full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well as from titles with the Dolby Surround mark. DVD Playback Rear lower TV/DVD back panel of TV/DVD OUT 18 19 Before you connect this TV/DVD to your PC, change the adjustment of your PC’s Resolution and Refresh rate. See “Monitor Display modes” at right. Connect one end of a (male to male) VGA cable to the video card of the computer and the other end to the VGA connector PC at the side of the TV/DVD. Fix the connectors firmly with the screws on the plug. In case of a Multimedia computer, connect the audio cables to the audio outputs of your Multimedia computer and to the AUDIO L and R connectors of the PC IN jacks of the TV/DVD. Set the video input source to PC mode (see “Selecting the video input source” on page 31 and “Picture/Audio adjustments in the PC mode” on page 41). The TV/DVD can be used as a computer monitor. You will need: • one VGA cable Using the remote control Note: Installing the remote control batteries Monitor Display modes MODE Resolution VGA 640x480 SVGA 800x600 SVGA 800x600 XGA 1024x768 WXGA 1280x720 WXGA 1280x768 Refresh rate 60Hz 56.3Hz 60.3Hz 60Hz 60Hz 60Hz To install the batteries: 1. Open the battery cover on the back of the remote control. TV/DVD side panel Notes: 2. Install two “AAA” size batteries. Match the + and – signs on the batteries to the signs on the battery compartment. • Never throw batteries into a fire. Notes: 3. Close the battery cover on the remote control until the lock snaps. To PC Caution: Power connection To use AC power 1. Connect the AC cord to the AC adapter. 2. Connect the AC adapter plug into the TV/DVD’s DC input jack. 3. Connect the AC cord into a wall outlet. Notes: • Make sure to insert the plug of each cord securely. • During use the AC adapter becomes warm. This is not a malfunction. To DC input jack AC 120V, 60Hz 2 3 AC cord (supplied) CAUTION: • Do not use the AC adapter if it is covered by a cloth etc., or pressed into a narrow area. This results in poor dissipation of heat and may cause fire, electric shock, or damage. • When this unit is not used for a long time, (e.g., away on a trip) in the interest of safety, be sure to unplug it from the wall outlet. • Do not plug/unplug the plug when your hands are wet. This may cause electric shock. • If you need to replace the supplied AC adapter or AC cord, the specified AC adapter and AC cord must be used. Contact the dealer that you purchased the unit from. Appendix 1 AC adapter (supplied) DVD Playback WARNING: • Do not connect this unit to the power using any device other than the supplied AC adapter or power cord. This could cause fire, electric shock, or damage. • Do not use with a voltage other than the power voltage displayed. This could cause fire, electric shock, or damage. • Never lift the AC adapter by holding the AC cord. The AC adapter may fall, causing personal injury or equipment damage. 20 21 POWER turns the TV/DVD on and off EJECT eject a disc (page 43) Sleep TV/DVD switches between TV/Video input/PC and DVD Eject TV/DVD CHANNEL NUMBERS allow direct access to channels CHANNEL M / ? cycles through programmed channels (page 24) POWER Channel Numbers ENTER sets programmed menu information (page 23) INPUT selects the video input source (page 31) PIC SIZE cycles through the five picture sizes: Natural, TheaterWide and full (page 33) GAME game mode (page 24) Display ? Channel M/? Subtitle Volume +/– Audio Select Input/ZOOM Play mode Mute Enter DVD menu DISPLAY displays status information on-screen (page 40) Menu/Setup SUBTILTLE sets subtitle (page 50) AUDIO SELECT switches the sound of TV/DVD and changes sound track languages (page 50) Fav Pause Rev Ch RTN Slow / Angle Top menu DVD MENU allows access to DVD menu (page 49) TOP MENU allows access to DVD Top menu (page 49) L A N G UAG E / L A N G U E / I D I O M A Exit/Cancel Play Stop FF Closed Capton Skip 4/¢ Marker Repeat A-B Return Game Pic size PLAY MODE sets repeat playback (page 47) RETURN removes DVD setup menu (page 55) ENTER :SET • If you press the EXIT button in the process of “AUTO SETUP” the STARTING SETUP stops and changes to the TV screen. • When you make a menu selection, your changes occur immediately. You do not have to press MENU or EXIT to see your changes. • After one minute, the menu screen will automatically close if you do not make a selection. Your changes will still be saved. • When you have finished programming the menus, press EXIT. REPEAT A-B repeats playback between A and B (page 47) Changing the on-screen display language ANGLE changes playback angle (page 49) You can choose from three different languages (English, French and Spanish) for the on screen displays. Adjustment menus and messages will appear in the language of your choice. JUMP locates the desired point to play back (page 45) CH RTN returns to the last viewed channel (page 25), ZOOM allows you to zoom in (page 45) To select a language: 1. Press MENU, then press ¢ skips DVD chapter (page 44) SKIP 4/¢ FF fast forwards a DVD, VCD, CD Audio, forwards playback PAUSE pauses a DVD, VCD, CD Audio / plays forward/reverse slowmotion until the SETUP menu appears. L A N G UAG E ENGLISH CLOCK SET TV / CABLE C H P RO G R A M ADD / ERASE 12:00AM CABLE :SELECT ADD Note: :ADJUST The position and size of the on-screen menus change for some program formats (such as 1080i or 720p). 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight LANGUAGE. DVD Playback • Aim the remote control at the remote sensor and press control buttons to operate. • Operate the remote control within a 30 degree on either side of the remote sensor, up to a distance of approx. 16 ft. (5m). STOP stops a DVD, VCD, CD Audio or Exit Menu SETUP PLAY plays a DVD, VCD, CD Audio REV rewinds a DVD, VCD, CD Audio, reviews playback Enter After you have installed the batteries and programmed the remote control, you need to set some preferences on the TV/DVD using the menu system. You can access the menu system with the buttons on the remote control. Using the TV/DVD’s Features MARKER index of DVD (page 46) POWER ENGLISH FRANÇAIS E S PA Ñ O L Setting up your TV/DVD Setting up your TV/DVD MUTE turns off the sound (page 38) CLOSED CAPTION switch between TV/Caption/Text in Closed Caption mode (page 35) 1. Press POWER to turn on the TV/DVD. The starting setup function begins and the language setup menu appears on the screen. Press ▲ or ▼ to select your desired language, then press ENTER. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select “TV” or “CABLE”, then press ENTER. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to select “START”, then press ENTER. If you select “CANCEL” and press ENTER, the STARTING SETUP stops and changes to the TV screen. 4. Now the “AUTO SETUP” starts. After the starting setup is completed, the TV channel appears on the screen. :SELECT MENU/SETUP allows access to programming menus (page 23) SLEEP programs the TV/DVD to turn off at a set time (page 35) The STARTING SETUP feature appears the first time you turn on the TV/DVD, and helps you select the menu language, specify the TV/ CABLE setting, and program channels automatically. IMPORTANT: Make sure that the antenna or cable TV system connection is made! Connecting your TV/DVD EXIT/CANCEL exits programming menus or resets information in the menu (page 23) SLOW Introduction Starting setup Learning about the remote control VOLUME + / – adjusts the volume level Using the TV/DVD’s Features Power source • Be sure to use AAA size batteries. • Dispose of batteries in a designated disposal area. • Batteries should always be disposed of with the environment in mind. Always dispose of batteries in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. • If the remote control does not operate correctly, or if the operating range becomes reduced, replace batteries with new ones. • When necessary to replace batteries in the remote control, always replace both batteries with new ones. Never mix battery types or use new and used batteries in combination. • Always remove batteries from remote control if they are dead or if the remote control is not to be used for an extended period of time. This will prevent battery acid from leaking into the battery compartment. Setting up your TV/DVD • The current signal source does not display when you return to TV mode. • The on-screen displays will have a different appearance in PC mode than in TV mode. • When you select WXGA mode, set the WXGA INPUT to ON in the PC PICTURE menu (see page 41.) The TV/DVD remote control may not operate your VCR, DVD player, or cable TV converter. Refer to the owner's manual supplied with your other devices to see which features may be available. Additionally, the remote control for this TV/DVD may not support certain features available on the original remote controls for your other devices, in which case it is suggested that you use the original remote control for the applicable device. Connecting your TV/DVD Connecting your TV/DVD Introduction Setting up your TV/DVD Connecting a PC (Personal Computer) ENGLISH 12:00AM CABLE ADD Remote Sensor :SELECT 3. Press or :ADJUST to highlight your desired language. 22 Appendix Approx. 5 meters 23 Using the TV/DVD’s features Adjusting the channel settings Switching between two channels Programming channels automatically Your TV/DVD can automatically detect all active channels and store them in its memory. After the TV/DVD has stored the channels in its memory automatically, you can add or erase channels manually. Channel Numbers Programming your favorite channels Channel M ? SETUP ENGLISH CLOCK SET TV / CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE 12:00AM TV / CABLE ADD :ADJUST You can preset up to 12 of your favorite channels using the Favorite Channel Programming feature. Because this feature scans through only your favorite channels, it allows you to skip other channels you do not normally watch. You can still use CH M / ? to scan through all the channels you programmed in the TV’s memory. To program your favorite channels: 1. Select a channel you want to program. 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the OPTION menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight FAVORITE CH. Menu ON TIMER FAVO R I T E C H CH LABEL VIDEO LABEL OFF :SELECT Game After you have programmed the channels automatically, you can add or erase specific channels manually. FAVORITE CH 0 0 0 :SELECT 0 0 0 0 0 0 CH RTN 0 0 0 In addition to cycling through your programmed channels, the Channel M/? buttons will also cycle through the video input sources (page 31) in the order illustrated below. PC HDMI VIDEO1 VIDEO2 ColorStream HD GAME :ADJUST ENTER:SET 5. Press or to highlight SET and press ENTER. 6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. 7. Repeat steps 1-6 for up to 12 channel. To select your favorite channels: Press the FAV ▲ / ▼ buttons on the remote control to select your favorite channels. The FAV ▲ / ▼ buttons will not work until you have programmed your favorite channels. To clear your favorite channels: 1. Select a channel you want to clear. 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the OPTION menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight FAVORITE CH. 4. Press to display the FAVORITE CH menu. SET/CLEAR will be highlighted. 5. Press or to highlight CLEAR. 25 Using the V-Chip (parental control) feature Note : The V-Chip feature is available for the U.S. V-Chip system only. The Canadian V-Chip Feature system is not supported. You can prevent others from viewing certain programs or channels by blocking them using the V-Chip feature. Note: The password you programmed is also used in the LOCKS menu; see pages 27-29. Selecting a password The Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) uses a rating system to qualify motion picture content. Television broadcasters employ a rating system to qualify the content of television programs, as well. The TV and MOVIE ratings work with the V-Chip feature and allow you to block programs according to the rating limits you set. To use the V-Chip to block programs by rating: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password. Press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight V-CHIP. • Press or to highlight ON to enable V-Chip program blocking by rating. or to highlight OFF to • Press disable V-Chip program blocking by rating. 5. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight TV RATING. Then, press display the desired rating. LOCKS V-CHIP SET V-CHIP TV RATING MOVIE RATING ON / OFF OFF OFF :SELECT LOCKS ---- Channel Numbers ENTER : SET EXIT : END V-CHIP SET V-CHIP TV RATING ON OFF OFF / TV-Y / TV-Y7 / TV-G TV-PG / TV-14 / TV-MA OFF MOVIE RATING :SELECT Display LOCKS Enter NEW PASSWORD ENTER : SET EXIT : END 4. Enter the password again to confirm it, and then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. If the wrong password is entered, “ERROR” blinks about 4 seconds. Exit Menu LOCKS CONFIRM PASSWORD OFF TV-Y TV-Y7 TV-G TV-PG TV-14 TV-MA : : : : : : : or to TV RATING is not set All children 7 years old and above General audience Parental guidance 14 years old and above 17 years old and above Exit Menu • When you select TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14 or TV-MA, press DISPLAY to explain the rating. Press ▲ or ▼ to select the desired rating you want. Press or to select the setting “ON” or “OFF”, then press ENTER. V-CHIP SET V-CHIP TV RATING ENTER : SET EXIT : END ON TV-PG OFF MOVIE RATING OFF / G / PG / PG-13 / R / NC17 / X 5. You may now set up the LOCKS menu. See “Using the V-Chip (parental control) feature” (page 27), “Locking channels” (page 28), “Locking the video inputs” (page 28), “Setting the GameTimerTM” (page 29) or “Using the panel lock feature” (page 29). To change your password: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password. Press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight NEW PASSWORD and press to display the NEW PASSWORD menu. 5. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter a new code. Press ENTER. 6. Enter the password again to confirm it, and then press ENTER. 7. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. :SELECT Note: If you forget your password, press DISPLAY four times within five seconds while the TV/ DVD is in password entering mode. This allows you to reset your password. :ADJUST When you try to view a program with a ratings block, a message will appear listing the program’s ratings. The program can still be viewed if you press MUTE and then enter your password to temporarily bypass the block. DVD Playback 6. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MOVIE RATING. Then, press or to display the desired rating. OFF : MOVIE RATING is not set (no movies will be blocked) G : All ages PG : Parental guidance PG-13 : Parental guidance less than 13 years old R : Under 17 years old Parental guidance suggested NC17 : 17 years old and above X : Adult only 7. When you are done selecting the ratings, press EXIT to return to normal viewing. LOCKS SELECT:[0-9] Enter :ADJUST Using the TV/DVD’s Features Using the TV/DVD’s Features LOCKS Setting up your TV/DVD 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password. If you are accessing the LOCKS menu for the first time, select a four-digit number to be your password. Press ENTER. Channel Numbers :ADJUST Connecting your TV/DVD Before you can use the V-Chip Feature to block programs and channels, you must select a password. The password you select prevents others from changing the rating limits you set. To select your password and access the LOCKS menu: 1. Press MENU, then press or to highlight the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. SELECT:[0-9] Introduction Using the LOCKS menu NEW PASSWORD Appendix 6. Press ENTER until “0” replaces the channel number you want to erase. 7. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. 8. Repeat steps 1-7 for the other channels. 24 SELECT:[0-9] Note: If the remote controller does not operate your TV/DVD, press the TV button and operate again. Note: If the remote controller does not operate your TV/DVD, press the TV button and operate again. DVD Playback After connecting a TV Game to the unit, press GAME. The TV screen changes to the Game mode. • The Game mode screen is adjusted to the suitable brightness for your eyes. • If GAME is pressed during standby mode, the unit turns on automatically and the Game mode screen appears on the screen. :CH002 TV CABLE SETUP CH RETURN To change to a specific channel (programmed or unprogrammed): Press the Channel Number buttons (0-9 and 100) on the remote control. For example, to select channel 125, press 100, 2, 5. Game mode Exit Menu Using the TV/DVD’s Features To change to the next programmed channel: Press Channel M / ? on the TV/DVD or CH M / ? on the remote control. FAV :ADJUST 4. Press to display the FAVORITE CH menu. SET/CLEAR will be highlighted. SET / CLEAR ANT (programmed channel) Changing channels Channel M ? Enter OPTION Adding and erasing channels manually To add or erase channels manually: 1. Select the channel you want to add or erase. If adding channels, you must select the channel to add using the Channel Number buttons. 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the SETUP menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight ADD/ ERASE. SETUP 4. Press or to select ADD or LANGUAGE ENGLISH CLOCK SET 12:00AM ERASE, whichever function you TV / CABLE CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE ADD / ERASE want to perform. 5. Repeat steps 1-4 for other channels :SELECT :ADJUST you want to add or erase. Channel Numbers Setting up your TV/DVD Setting up your TV/DVD :SELECT You can switch between two channels without entering an actual channel number each time. To switch between two channels: 1. Select the first channel you want to view. 2. Select a second channel using the Channel Number buttons (0-9, 100). 3. Press CH RTN. The previous channel will be displayed. Each time you press CH RTN, the TV/DVD will switch back and forth between the two channels. Connecting your TV/DVD To add channels automatically: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the SETUP menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ until the TV/CABLE selection is highlighted. 3. Press or to highlight either TV or CABLE, depending on which you use. If you use an antenna, choose TV. If you use cable, choose CABLE. 4. Press ▼ until the CH PROGRAM selection is highlighted. 5. Press to start channel programming. The TV/DVD will automatically cycle through all the TV or Cable channels (depending on which you selected), and store all active channels in the channel memory. While the TV/DVD is cycling through the channels, the message “PROGRAMMING NOW-PLEASE WAIT” appears. 6. When channel programming is complete, the message “COMPLETED” appears. 7. Press CH M / ? to view the programmed channels. LANGUAGE Introduction Adding channels to the TV/DVD’s memory When you press CH M / ?, your TV/DVD will stop only on the channels you have stored in the TV/DVD’s channel memory. Follow the steps below to program channels into the channel memory. Appendix 26 27 Channel Numbers OFF GAME TIMER OFF :SELECT SET / CLEAR LOCKED CH Enter :ADJUST CH LOCK :CH 002 TV CABLE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOCKS LOCK CH LOCK VIDEO LOCK GAME TIMER Note: After programming CH LOCK, change channels before turning off the television. INPUT Enter Exit OFF OFF / VIDEO / VIDEO+ OFF :SELECT :ADJUST You can lock the top panel buttons to prevent your settings from being changed accidentally (by children, for example). When the panel lock is in ON, all control buttons on the TV/DVD top panel (except POWER) do not operate. Note: After programming VIDEO LOCK, change channels or press the INPUT key before turning off the TV/DVD. :ADJUST Channel Numbers OPTION OFF :ADJUST :CH002 Enter SET / CLEAR LABEL – – – – :SELECT :ADJUST ENTER :SET Using the TV/DVD’s Features – + – HDMI VIDEO1 VIDEO2 ColorStream HD GAME Labeling the video input sources The video label feature allows you to label each input source for your TV/DVD from the following preset list of labels: – : Uses the default label name VCR : Video cassette recorder DVD : DVD video DTV : Digital TV set-top box SAT : Satellite box CBL : Cable box To label the video input sources: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the OPTION menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VIDEO LABEL. 3. Press to display the VIDEO LABEL menu. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the video source you want to label. 5. Press or to select the desired label for that input source. 6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. INPUT OPTION OFF / OFF / SET ON TIMER FAVORITE CH CH LABEL VIDEO LABEL :SELECT Exit Menu :ADJUST VIDEO LABEL 1.VIDEO1 2.VIDEO2 3.ColorStream 4.HDMI :SELECT HD - / VCR / DVD / DTV S AT / C B L - :ADJUST DVD Playback To erase channel labels: 1. Select a channel with a label. 2. Press MENU, then press or until the OPTION menu appears. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LABEL. 4. Press to display the CH LABEL menu. SET/CLEAR will be highlighted. 5. Press or to highlight CLEAR. 6. Press ENTER. 7. Repeat steps 1-6 to erase other channel labels. Pressing INPUT on the remote control displays the current signal source (press INPUT again or 0-5 to change) Please note the following regarding the HDMI source selection: The HDMI IN jack is not intended for connection to and should not be used with a PC (personal computer). See “Connecting an HDMI or a DVI device to the HDMI input” on page 17 and “Connecting a PC” on page 20 for details. Setting the clock You must set the clock before you can program the ON timer. SETUP LANGUAGE ENGLISH CLOCK SET TV / CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE 12:00AM CABLE :SELECT :ADJUST SETUP LANGUAGE ENGLISH CLOCK SET TV / CABLE CH PROGRAM ADD / ERASE 8:30AM CABLE :SELECT 30 ADD ADD :ADJUST 31 Note: If the power source for the TV/DVD is interrupted (for example, the power cord is unplugged or a power failure occurs), you will need to reset the clock. Appendix To set the clock: (Example: 8:30 AM) 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the SETUP menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CLOCK SET. 3. Press to highlight the hour position. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to set the hour, then press to highlight the minute position. 5. Press ▲ or ▼ to set the minutes, then press EXIT to return to normal viewing. Using the TV/DVD’s Features The character will change as below. [0-5] : SELECT Setting up your TV/DVD Note: SPACE PC Exit Menu 0. ANT 1. VIDEO1 2. VIDEO2 3. ColorStream HD 4. HDMI 5. PC You also can use the Channel M / ? buttons to select the video input source. In addition to cycling through your programmed channels (page 24), the Channel M / ? buttons will also cycle through the video input sources, in the order illustrated below. ANT (programmed channel) RETURN SOURCE SELECTION Connecting your TV/DVD Press INPUT to view a signal from another device connected to your TV/ DVD, such as a VCR or DVD player. You can select ANT, VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2, ColorStream HD, HDMI or PC depending on which input jacks you used to connect your devices (see “Connecting your TV/DVD” on page 11). Introduction Selecting the video input source CH LABEL to 29 Channel labels appear above the channel number display each time you turn on the TV/DVD, select a channel, or press the DISPLAY button. You can choose any four characters to identify a channel. :SELECT Note: If the remote controller does not operate your TV/DVD, press the TV button and operate again. Appendix You also can unlock the panel using the menus: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight PANEL LOCK, and then press or highlight OFF. Labeling channels ON TIMER FAVORITE CH CH LABEL VIDEO LABEL VOLUME – To unlock the panel: Press and hold the VOLUME – button on the TV/DVD top panel for about 10 seconds until the message "PANEL LOCK:OFF" appears on-screen. 28 To create channel labels: 1. Select a channel you want to label. 2. Press MENU, then press or until the OPTION menu appears. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LABEL. 4. Press to display the CH LABEL menu. SET/CLEAR will be highlighted. 5. Press or to highlight SET, then press ENTER. 6. Press ENTER to highlight LABEL. 7. Press or to enter a character in the first space. Press the button repeatedly until the character you want appears on the screen. Press ENTER. 8. Repeat step 7 to enter the rest of the characters. If you would like a blank space in the label name, you must choose an empty space from the list of characters; otherwise, a dash will appear in that space. 9. Repeat steps 1-8 for other channels. You can assign a label to each channel. 10. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. TV/DVD top panel To lock the panel: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight PANEL LOCK and press or to highlight LOCKS ON. ON / OFF If a button on the top panel is PANEL LOCK NEW PASSWORD pressed, the message “NOT AVAILABLE” appears. :SELECT Menu Exit Menu DVD Playback GAME TIMER Enter :ADJUST Using the panel lock feature Channel Numbers LOCKS LOCK CH LOCK VIDEO LOCK OFF OFF OFF / 30 / 60 / 90 / 120 :SELECT Locking the video inputs With the VIDEO LOCK feature, you can lock out the input sources (VIDEO1, VIDEO2, COLORSTREAM HD, HDMI, PC, GAME) and channels 3 and 4. You will not be able to select the input sources with the INPUT button or Channel buttons unless you clear the setting. To set up the video lock: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VIDEO LOCK. 5. Press or to select: • OFF: Unlocks all video input sources. • VIDEO: Locks VIDEO1, VIDEO2, COLORSTREAM HD, HDMI, PC, GAME. • VIDEO +: Locks VIDEO1, VIDEO2, COLORSTREAM HD, HDMI, PC, GAME, channel 3 and channel 4. This option should be used if you use the antenna terminal to play a video tape. 6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. Channel Numbers Using the TV/DVD’s Features Using the TV/DVD’s Features :ADJUST ENTER:SET To unlock channels: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LOCK and press to display the CH LOCK menu. 5. Press or to highlight CLEAR and clear all channels from the list of locked channels. Press ENTER. 6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. • Interactive video games that involve shooting a gun type of joy-stick at an on-screen target may not work on this TV/DVD. • To deactivate the GameTimer, set the VIDEO LOCK to OFF (see “Locking the video inputs” page 28). With the GameTimerTM feature, you can automatically activate the VIDEO LOCK feature (VIDEO setting) to set a time limit for playing a video game (30, 60, 90 or 120 minutes). To set up the GameTimer: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight GAME TIMER. 5. Press or to select a time limit (30 minutes, 60 minutes, 90 minutes, 120 minutes or OFF). 6. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. After the GameTimer is programmed, the display will appear briefly every ten minutes to remind you that the GameTimer is operating. When the programmed time is reached, the TV/DVD will change channels automatically and enter VIDEO LOCK mode. Setting up your TV/DVD Exit Menu RETURN :SELECT Notes: Setting the GameTimerTM LOCKS LOCK CH LOCK VIDEO LOCK To unlock the video inputs: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 3. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 4. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight VIDEO LOCK and press or to highlight OFF. 5. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. Connecting your TV/DVD With the CH LOCK feature, you can lock specific channels. You will not be able to tune locked channels unless you clear the setting. You can choose to lock up to nine TV channels and nine cable channels. 1. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9 and 100) to display the television channel you wish to lock. 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the LOCKS menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to display the password entering mode. 4. Use the Channel Number buttons (0-9) to enter your password, then press ENTER. The LOCKS menu appears. 5. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CH LOCK and press to display the CH LOCK menu. 6. Press or to select the following: • SET– to set the channel as one to be locked. Then press ENTER. • CLEAR– to clear all channels from the list of locked channels. Then press ENTER. 7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 to lock other channels. When you have finished locking channels, press EXIT to return to normal viewing. If you try to tune a locked channel, the TV/DVD will not display it, but will display the nearest unlocked channel. Introduction Locking channels Viewing the wide-screen picture formats (480i and 480p signals only) This feature allows you to program the TV/DVD to turn on automatically at a set time. If you program the ON TIMER to “DAILY,” the TV/DVD will turn on every day at the same time to the same channel until you clear the ON TIMER. You can view 480i and 480p format programs in a variety of picture sizes—Natural, TheaterWide, and Full. The way the image displays in any of the picture sizes will vary depending on the format of the program you are viewing. Select the picture size that displays the current program the way that looks best to you. To set the on timer: (Example: Turning on the TV/DVD to channel 012 at 6:30 AM, DAILY) 1. Set the clock, if you have not already done so (see page 31). 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the OPTION menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight ON TIMER. 4. Press or to highlight SET, then press ENTER. The ON TIMER menu appears. Press to set the time. 5. Press ▲ or ▼ to set the desired hour, then press . Channel Numbers Enter Connecting your TV/DVD Selecting the picture size 1. Press PIC SIZE on the remote control. 2. Press the corresponding number button (0-2) to select the desired picture size, as described below and on the next page. PICTURE SIZE 0. NATURAL 1. THEATER WIDE 2. FULL ON TIMER ON TIMER 6:00AM Introduction Setting the ON timer CH002 CLEAR RETURN [0-2] : SELECT :SELECT :ADJUST Exit Menu ON TIMER ON TIMER 6:30AM CH002 CLEAR Natural picture size • The image is displayed close to its originally formatted proportion. Some program formats will display with side bars and/or bars at the top and bottom. Setting up your TV/DVD 6. Set the desired minutes and channel, as in step 5. RETURN :SELECT 7. Press to select ONCE or DAILY. 8. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. ON TIMER ON TIMER 6:30AM Note: CH012 ONCE / DAILY / CLEAR :ADJUST Pic Size After a power failure or disconnection of the power, the timer settings will be lost. Note: ENTER : SET To cancel the on timer: Select CLEAR in step 7 above. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. Conventional (4:3) picture Conventional (4:3) picture in Natural size on your wide-screen on a conventional TV TV screen You also can change the picture size by selecting PICTURE SIZE in the SETUP menu. TheaterWide picture size (for 4:3 format programs) SETUP • The center of the picture remains close to its original proportion, but the left and right edges are stretched wider to fill the screen. • The top and bottom edges of the picture may be hidden. CLOSED CAPTION OFF PICTURE SIZE CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING FILM ON 16 :SELECT :ADJUST Notes: • If receiving a 4:3 format program, the picture is stretched wider to fill the width of the screen, but not stretched taller. • None of the picture is hidden. • The PICTURE SIZE feature is not available for some program formats (such as 1080i or 720p). Such formats will display in Full picture size. • Using these functions to change the picture size (i.e., changing the height/ width ratio) for any purpose other than your private viewing may be prohibited under the Copyright Laws of the United States and other countries, and may subject you to civil and criminal liability. Appendix Full picture size example 32 33 Setting the sleep timer When you view a DVD movie (3:2 pulldown processed) from a DVD player connected to the ColorStream (component video) inputs on the TV/DVD, smoother and more natural motion can be obtained by setting the CINEMA MODE to FILM. You can set the TV/DVD so it turns off automatically. SETUP FILM / VIDEO ON 16 :SELECT To confirm the sleep timer setting: Press SLEEP one time. The remaining time will be momentarily displayed. :ADJUST Connecting your TV/DVD OFF PICTURE SIZE CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING Sleep To set the sleep timer: Repeatedly press SLEEP on the remote control to set the length of time until the TV/DVD turns off. The clock will increase 10 minutes for each press of the SLEEP button (0h00m, 0h10m, ...1h50m, 2h00m). After the sleep timer is programmed, the display will appear briefly every ten minutes to remind you that the sleep timer is operating. To cancel the sleep timer: Repeatedly press SLEEP until the display turns to 0h00m. To set the CINEMA MODE to VIDEO: Press or to select VIDEO in step 2 above. Introduction Selecting the cinema mode CLOSED CAPTION DVD Playback TheaterWide picture size example Full picture size (for 16:9 source programs) To set the CINEMA MODE to FILM: 1. Press MENU, then press or until the SETUP menu appears. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CINEMA MODE, then press or to select FILM. Using the TV/DVD’s Features Using the TV/DVD’s Features RETURN Natural picture size example: The way the image displays will vary depending on the format of the program you are currently watching. :ADJUST Using the closed caption feature Using the ASPECT feature When the ASPECT feature is set to ON and the TV/DVD receives a 480i signal, the picture size is automatically selected (as described in the following table). Automatic aspect size (automatically selected when ASPECT is ON) 4:3 Normal 16:9 Full 4:3 Letter box Not defined Natural Full TheaterWide User-set mode The Closed Caption feature has two options: • Captions—An on-screen display of the dialogue, narration, and sound effects of programs and videos that are closed-captioned (usually identified in your local TV listing as “CC”). • Text—An on-screen display of information not related to the program, such as weather or stock data (if available in your viewing area). Menu Closed Caption Setting up your TV/DVD Aspect ratio of signal source Menu To view captions or text: 1. Tune the TV/DVD to the desired program. 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the SETUP menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CLOSED CAPTION. If the signal does not include aspect information, the picture size you selected on pages 33 is displayed. OFF PICTURE SIZE CINEMA MODE ASPECT BAC K L I G H T I N G FILM ON / OFF 16 :SELECT PICTURE SIZE CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING :SELECT OFF C1 / C2 / T1 / T2 / OFF FILM ON 16 :ADJUST Notes: :ADJUST • A closed caption signal may not be decoded in the following situations: • when a video tape has been dubbed • when the signal reception is weak • when the signal reception is non-standard • You also can use the CLOSED CAPTION button to view caption or text. OFF C1 T2 T1 C2 DVD Playback 4. Press or to select the desired Closed Caption mode, as follows: • To view captions, select C1 or C2 (C1 displays translation of the primary language in your area). Note: If the program or video you selected is not closedcaptioned, no captions will display on-screen. • To view text, select T1 or T2. Note: If text is not available in your viewing area, a black rectangle may appear on-screen. If this happens, set the Closed Caption feature to OFF. • To turn the Closed Caption feature off, highlight OFF in the Closed Caption menu. SETUP CLOSED CAPTION CLOSED CAPTION Using the TV/DVD’s Features Using the TV/DVD’s Features SETUP To turn on the ASPECT feature: 1. Press MENU, then press or until the SETUP menu appears. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight ASPECT, then press or to select ON. Appendix 34 35 Introduction Using the CableClear® feature Adjusting the picture CableClear® reduces visible interference in your TV/DVD picture. This is useful when receiving a broadcast with a weak signal (especially a Cable channel) or playing a video cassette or disc damaged by repeated use. To turn on the CableClear® feature: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the PICTURE menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight CableClear. Selecting the picture mode You can select four picture modes—Sports, Standard, Movie, and Memory—as described in the following table: Picture Quality SPORTS STANDARD MOVIE MEMORY Bright and dynamic picture (factory-set) Standard picture quality (factory-set) Movie-like picture setting (factory-set) Your personal preferences (set by you; see “Adjusting the picture quality”) PICTURE CableClear COLOR TEMPERATURE To select the picture mode: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the PICTURE menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MODE. :ADJUST 3. Press or to select ON. To turn off the CableClear® feature: Select OFF in step 3. Exit Menu Selecting the color temperature PICTURE :SELECT Exit Menu :ADJUST Change the picture quality by selecting from three preset color temperatures—cool, medium, and warm—as described in the following table: Mode 3. Press or to highlight the mode you prefer. 4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. Setting up your TV/DVD MODE SPORTS SPORTS / STANDARD / MOVIE/MEMORY 25 BRIGHTNESS 50 CONTRAST 25 COLOR 0 TINT 25 SHARPNESS Picture Quality COOL MEDIUM WARM Blueish Neutral Reddish To select the color temperature: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the PICTURE menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight COLOR TEMPERATURE. Adjusting the picture quality You can adjust the picture quality to your personal preferences, including the brightness, contrast, color, tint, and sharpness. The qualities you choose will be stored automatically in your TV/DVD’s memory so you can recall them at any time. Using the TV/DVD’s Features Using the TV/DVD’s Features ON/OFF COOL RESET :SELECT PICTURE CableClear COLOR TEMPERATURE To adjust the picture quality: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the PICTURE menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ until the item you want to adjust is highlighted. OFF COOL COOL/MEDIUM/WARM RESET :SELECT :ADJUST 3. Press or to highlight the mode you prefer. 4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. PICTURE MODE SPORTS :SELECT :ADJUST to adjust the level. Selection Pressing BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST COLOR TINT SHARPNESS darker lower paler reddish softer lighter higher deeper greenish sharper Exit Menu The RESET function returns your picture quality adjustments to the following factory settings: Mode ..................... sports Tint ......................... center (0) Brightness ............. center (25) Sharpness .............. center (25) Contrast ................ max (50) Color temperature .. cool Color ..................... center (25) DVD Playback or Resetting your picture adjustments 25 50 25 0 25 BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST COLOR TINT SHARPNESS 3. Press Connecting your TV/DVD Mode To reset your picture adjustments: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the PICTURE menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight RESET, and then press . Menu 4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. PICTURE CableClear COLOR TEMPERATURE OFF COOL RESET Appendix :SELECT :ADJUST 36 37 Introduction Resetting your audio adjustments Adjusting the sound The RESET function returns the audio adjustments to the following factory settings: Bass ................. center (25) Treble ............... center (25) Balance ............ center (0) Muting the sound Press MUTE to temporarily turn off the sound. While the sound is off, the screen will display the word MUTE in the lower right-hand corner. To restore the sound, press MUTE again. Selecting stereo/SAP broadcasts Display Mute AUDIO WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass HDMI RESET When the TV/DVD receives a stereo or SAP broadcast, the word “STEREO” or “SAP” displays on-screen every time you turn the TV/ DVD on, change the channel, or press DISPLAY. :SELECT Exit Menu Note: OFF OFF OFF HDMI / DVI :ADJUST Using the StableSound® feature The StableSound feature limits the highest volume level to prevent extreme changes in volume when the signal source is changed. Menu To turn on the StableSound® feature: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the AUDIO menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight STABLE SOUND. 3. Press or to highlight ON. Setting up your TV/DVD To listen to stereo sound: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the AUDIO menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MTS. 3. Press or to highlight STR (stereo). Notes: • In general, you can leave your TV/DVD in stereo mode because the TV/DVD automatically outputs the type of sound being broadcast (stereo or mono). • If the stereo sound is noisy, select MONO to reduce the noise. To reset your audio adjustments: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the AUDIO menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight RESET, and then press . Connecting your TV/DVD The multi-channel TV sound (MTS) feature provides high-fidelity stereo sound. MTS also can transmit a second audio program (SAP) containing a second language or other audio information. Note: The MTS feature is not available in VIDEO mode. A second audio program (SAP) can be heard only on those TV stations that offer it. AUDIO AUDIO MTS BASS TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND Using the TV/DVD’s Features :SELECT STR/SAP/MONO 25 25 0 OFF :ADJUST 4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. To listen to a second audio program (SAP): 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the AUDIO menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight MTS. 3. Press or to highlight SAP. The TV/DVD speakers will output the second audio program instead of normal audio. 4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. However, if you have SAP on, and the station you are watching is not currently broadcasting a second audio program, the station’s normal audio will be output; however, occasionally there is no sound at all in SAP mode. If this happens, set the MTS feature to STEREO mode. Adjusting the sound quality To adjust the sound quality: 1. Press MENU, then press or until the AUDIO menu appears. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight the item you want to adjust. :SELECT Note: Adjusting the sound quality (bass, treble and balance) does not affect the sound that is output from the headphone jack. AUDIO MTS BASS TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND STEREO 25 25 0 OFF :SELECT STEREO 25 25 0 ON / OFF :ADJUST To turn off the StableSound® feature: Highlight OFF in step 3 above. Notes: Using the WOW™ surround sound feature WOW is a special combination of SRS Labs audio technologies that creates a thrilling surround sound experience with deep, rich bass from stereo sound sources. Your TV/DVD’s audio will sound fuller, richer, and wider. WOW consists of three features; SRS 3D, FOCUS, and TruBass. To adjust the WOW feature: 1. Select STEREO mode (see “selecting stereo/SAP broadcasts” on page 38). 2. Press MENU, then press or to display the AUDIO menu. 3. Press or to highlight the desired WOW feature you want to adjust. • SRS 3D — To turn on or off the surround sound effect. • FOCUS — To turn on or off the vocal emphasis effect. • TruBass — To select your desired bass expansion level (HIGH, LOW or OFF). • If the broadcast is monaural, the SRS 3D effect will not work. • The headphone jack do not output any of the WOW audio features. DVD Playback You can change the sound quality of your TV/DVD by adjusting the bass, treble, and balance. MTS BASS TREBLE BALANCE STABLE SOUND Using the TV/DVD’s Features For example, a station might broadcast music as a second audio program. If you have SAP on, you will see the current program on the screen but hear music instead of the program’s normal audio. AUDIO WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass HDMI RESET :ADJUST 38 :SELECT 4. Press or ON / OFF OFF OFF HDMI :ADJUST to adjust the item. Menu SRS WOW, SRS and symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. SRS WOW technology is incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc. 39 Appendix 3. Press or to adjust the level. makes the sound quality weaker or decreases the balance in • the right channel, depending on the item selected. • makes the sound quality stronger or decreases the balance in the left channel, depending on the item selected. Picture/Audio adjustments in the PC mode See page 17 for details on connecting an HDMI or a DVI device to the TV/ DVD’s HDMI input. If you connect a DVI device, to hear audio you must also connect the analog audio cables to the HDMI audio IN jacks (see page 17). Set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” with this connection. If you connect an HDMI device and play media with digital audio output, to hear digital audio set the HDMI audio input setting to “HDMI” with this connection. If you connect an HDMI device but play media with analog audio output (for example, certain CDVs do not output digital audio), to hear audio you must also connect the analog audio cables to the HDMI audio IN jacks (see page 17). Set the HDMI audio input setting to “DVI” with this connection. There are a number of picture settings you can adjust to optimize the performance of the unit in PC mode. PICTURE Menu To select the HDMI audio input source: 1. Press MENU, then press or to display the AUDIO menu. 2. Press or to highlight HDMI. 3. Press or to select HDMI or DVI. or to display the If your TV/DVD is in a bright room, the screen image may be difficult to see. You can use the BACK LIGHTING feature to adjust the screen brightness for improved picture clarity. To adjust the back lighting: 1. Press MENU, then press or until the SETUP menu appears. 2. Press or to highlight BACK LIGHTING. Note: The cold cathode fluorescent lamp used for the back light on this TV/DVD has a limited life. When areas on the screen darken, flicker, or no longer light up, the lamp may be at the end of its life. Contact your nearest Toshiba Authorized Service Station. SETUP OFF PICTURE SIZE CINEMA MODE ASPECT BACK LIGHTING FILM ON 16 :SELECT :ADJUST or to adjust the screen brightness. Displaying on-screen information Press DISPLAY to display the following on-screen information: • Clock • Channel number or Video input mode selected • Channel label (if preset) • Stereo or SAP (second audio program) audio status • Content rating • On timer, Sleep timer (if preset) • Picture size Display CABLE BASS/TREBLE/BALANCE: To adjust the sound quality of PC mode. To turn on or off the StableSound® feature in PC mode. WOW SRS 3D: To turn on or off the surround effect in PC mode. WOW FOCUS: To turn on or off the vocal emphasis effect in PC mode. WOW TruBass: To select your desired bass expansion level (HIGH, LOW or OFF) in PC mode. STABLE SOUND: Menu 002 Auto power off The TV/DVD will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes if it is tuned to a vacant channel or a station that completes its broadcast for the day and stops broadcasting on that channel. This feature does not work in Video input/PC/DVD mode. The RESET function returns your picture quality adjustments to the following factory settings: PICTURE menu AUDIO menu Brightness ............ center (25) Bass ....................... center (25) Contrast ............... max (50) Treble ..................... center (25) Red ...................... center (25) Balance .................. center (0) Green ................... center (25) Blue ...................... center (25) To reset your picture adjustments: 1. Press MENU during PC mode. 2. Press 2 or 3 to select the desired menu. 3. Press ▲ or ▼ to highlight RESET, and then press DVD Playback ANT ABCD 12:00AM To adjust the brightness of PC Monitor screen. CONTRAST: To adjust the contrast of PC Monitor screen. To adjust the horizontal position of the image HOR POSITION: on the PC Monitor screen. Each video standard will require a different value for this setting. VER POSITION: To adjust the vertical position of the image on the PC Monitor screen. Each video standard will require a different value for this setting. PHASE: This must be adjusted after the frequency has been set to optimize picture quality. CLOCK: To minimize any vertical bars or stripes visible on the screen background. RED/GREEN/BLUE: To adjust the color temperature of the PC Monitor screen. WXGA INPUT: Set to ON, when you select the WXGA mode on the PC. Resetting your picture/audio adjustments in the PC mode STEREO SAP TV-PG L V ON TIMER 12:00AM SLEEP TIMER 2h00m FULL AUDIO menu BRIGHTNESS: . Appendix Understanding the Power Return feature If the power is cut off while you are viewing the TV/DVD and the power is resupplied, the Power Return feature will turn the TV/ DVD on automatically. If the power is going to be off for a long time or you are going to be away from home for a long time, unplug the power cord from the wall outlet to prevent the TV/DVD from turning on in your absence. 40 CAUTION Keep your fingers well clear of the disc slot when disc is loading or unloading. Neglecting to do so may cause serious personal injury. Playing a disc This section shows you the basics on how to play a disc. Basic playback DVD VCD 41 CD Preparations: When connecting to other equipment, turn the power off. Power TV/DVD DVD VCD CD Eject To start playback in the stop mode Press PLAY. Connecting your TV/DVD 1. Press POWER on the unit or on the remote control to turn on the unit. The Power indicator will light. • Every time you press POWER, the TV/DVD starts from TV mode. • When using an amplifier, switch on the amplifier. 2. Press TV/DVD on the remote control to select DVD mode. The DVD startup screen will appear on the screen. (If DVD disc has already loaded, playback will start automatically.) About The DVD VCD CD icons on the heading bar show the playable discs for the function described under that heading. : You can use this function with DVD video discs. VCD : You can use this function with Video CDs. CD : You can use this function with Audio CDs and CD-R/RW discs. To pause playback (still mode) Press PAUSE during playback. To resume normal playback, press PLAY. • The sound is muted during still mode. Volume +/– Introduction DVD Playback Using the TV/DVD’s Features CLOSED CAPTION • If you wish to change the on-screen language, follow the steps 1-3 on page 23. • If no buttons are pressed for more than approx. 60 seconds, the PC Monitor Menu screen will return to normal Monitor screen automatically. • The PC Monitor Menu settings are not effective for normal TV mode, DVD mode or external input mode. Setting up your TV/DVD DESCRIPTION ABOUT EACH SETTING OPTION PICTURE menu Adjusting the back lighting feature Using the TV/DVD’s Features Exit Menu Notes: :ADJUST Menu :ADJUST CLOCK :SELECT 25 25 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF 1. During PC mode, press MENU, then press PICTURE menu. 2. Press ▲ or ▼ to select CONTRAST. 3. Press or to adjust CONTRAST. 4. Press EXIT to return to normal viewing. OFF OFF OFF HDMI / DVI :SELECT 3. Press a :ADJUST BA S S TREBLE BA L A N C E S TA B L E S O U N D WOW S R S 3 D FOCUS Tr u B a s s RESET Example: Adjust the contrast. AUDIO WOW SRS 3D FOCUS TruBass HDMI RESET 25 50 25 25 25 0 Connecting your TV/DVD :SELECT AUDIO Menu AU D I O PICTURE BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST HOR POSITION VER POSITION PHASE CLOCK Introduction Selecting the HDMI audio input source To stop playback Press STOP. No Disc Enter Stop Pause Setting up your TV/DVD 3. Load the disc in the disc slot with the label side facing forward. (If the disc has a label.) Hold the disc without touching either of its surfaces, align it with the guides, and place it in position. Play To remove the disc Press EJECT. Remove the disc after the disc comes out. Play Stop Note: No Disc Reading Note: VOLUME 32 6. Press STOP to end playback. Notes: • If a non-compatible disc is loaded, “Incorrect Disc”, “Region Code Error” or “Parental Error” will appear on the TV screen according to the type of loaded disc. In this case, check your disc again (see pages 8 and 57). • Some discs may take a minute or so to start playback. • If you insert a single-sided disc the wrong way, “Reading” will appear on the display for about 1 minute and then “Incorrect Disc” will continue to be displayed. • Some discs may not resume playing the same scene after stopping. • Resuming cannot function when you play a PBC-featured Video CD while the PBC is on. To turn off the PBC, see page 51. • Some playback operations of DVDs may be intentionally fixed by software producers. Since this unit plays DVDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs. • Do not move the unit during playback. Doing so may damage the disc. • Use EJECT on the unit to unload and eject the disc. Do not push the disc while it is moving. Doing so may cause the unit to malfunction. • Do not put any objects other than discs in the disc slot. Doing so may cause the unit to malfunction. • When you press a button, there may be a slight delay before the function activates. 42 Appendix Resume feature • Depending on the disc you are playing, when you press STOP one time, the TV/DVD remembers the scene that was playing (“ ” appears on screen). Press PLAY to resume playback from the stopped scene. • If you press STOP again or eject the disc, the unit will clear the stopped scene (“■” appears on screen). DVD Playback DVD Playback • A menu screen will appear on the TV screen, if the disc has a menu feature. Press ▲/▼ or / to select title, then press ENTER. Title is selected and play commences. 5. Press VOL + or – to adjust the volume. Static electricity may affect the DVD player’s operation and cause it to not work properly. If this happens, turn OFF the POWER, disconnect and then reconnect the AC power cord, and turn ON the unit again. Using the TV/DVD’s Features When you playback the 8cm disc, you need an adapter (not supplied). 4. On the TV screen, “No Disc” changes to “Reading” and then playback commences. 43 DVD VCD Pause Play CD Rev FF Press REV or FF during playback. REV: Fast reverse playback FF: Fast forward playback Each time you press REV or FF, the playback speed changes. Skip 4 ¢ Slowˆ] To resume normal playback Press PLAY. Zooming DVD Introduction Playing in fast reverse or fast forward directions VCD This unit will allow you to zoom in on the frame image. You can then make selections by switching the position of the frame. 1. Press ZOOM during playback. The center part of the image will be zoomed in. Each press of ZOOM will change the ZOOM 1 (x 1.3), 2 (x 1.5) and 3 (x 2.0). / / / to view a different part of the frame. You may move the frame from the center position to UP, DOWN, LEFT or RIGHT direction. Zoom Notes: Playing frame by frame DVD VCD Press PAUSE during still playback. Each time you press PAUSE, the picture advances one frame. Note: Notes: The sound is muted during frame by frame playback. • You can select the Pause, Slow or Search playback in the zoom mode. • Some discs may not respond to zoom feature. To resume normal playback Locating desired scene Press PLAY. DVD VCD Press SLOW ˆ (REVERSE) or ] (FORWARD) during playback. Each time you press the button, the slow-motion speed changes. DVD VCD Notes: • The sound is muted during slow-motion playback. • The Video CD cannot play Reverse Slow. 1. Press JUMP during playback or stop mode. Jump or to select the “Time”, 2. Press “Title” or “Chapter”. Jump Time Title Chapter /Enter/0 9/Cancel/Jump To resume normal playback Press PLAY. Locating a chapter or track DVD VCD CD SKIP ¢: To locate succeeding chapters or tracks. SKIP 4: Playback starts from the beginning of the current chapter or track. When you press twice in quick successions, playback starts from the beginning of the preceding chapter or track. Note: A “Prohibition” symbol may appear at the upper left of the screen. This symbol means either the feature you tried is not available on the disc, or the TV/DVD cannot access the feature at this time. This does not indicate a problem with the TV/DVD. Number buttons Jump Display Time Title Chapter /Enter/0 9/Cancel/Jump Enter 3. Press Number buttons (0–9) to change the number. • If you input a wrong number, press CANCEL. • Refer to the package supplied with the disc to check the numbers. Jump Time Title Chapter 12 /Enter/0 9/Cancel/Jump Cancel DVD Playback DVD Playback Press SKIP 4 or ¢ repeatedly to display the chapter or track number you want. Playback starts from the selected chapter or track. CD Use the title, chapter and time recorded on the disc to locate the desired point to play back. To check the title, chapter and time, press DISPLAY. Using the TV/DVD’s Features Playing in slow-motion 3. In the zoom mode press ZOOM repeatedly to return to a 1:1 view ( Off). Setting up your TV/DVD • The TV/DVD mutes sound and subtitles during reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. However, the TV/DVD plays sound during fast forward or fast reverse play of audio CDs. • The playback speed may differ depending on the disc. Connecting your TV/DVD 2. Press 1 4. Press ENTER. Playback starts. • When you change the title, playback starts from Chapter 1 of the selected title. • Some discs may not work in the above operation. Note: 44 DVD 45 VCD Repeat playback The unit stores the points that you want to watch again up to 3 points. You can resume playback from each scene. Enter Marking the scenes 1. Press MARKER during playback. CD Off Play Mode Marker 1 00 27 54 Marker 2 Marker 3 /Enter/Cancel/Marker Marker 3. Press MARKER to remove this display. VCD 1. Press PLAY MODE during playback or stop mode. 2. [DVD] Press / or ENTER once or twice to Repeat select “Chapter” or “Title”. /Enter/Play Mode The unit automatically starts repeat playback after finishing the current title or chapter. Notes: Play To resume normal playback Select Repeat : “Off” in step 2. Notes: Returning to the scenes 1. Press MARKER during playback or stop mode. or to select the Marker 1-3. Marker 1 00 27 54 Marker 2 01 16 25 Marker 3 02 08 31 /Enter/Cancel/Marker Marker 1 00 27 54 Marker 2 01 16 25 Marker 3 02 08 31 /Enter/Clear/Marker • Some discs may not work with the repeat operation. • In case of Video CD with PBC, repeat functions are prohibited during playback. Enter A-B Repeat playback Cancel DVD VCD CD A-B repeat playback allows you to repeat material between two selected points. 1. Press REPEAT A-B during playback. A The start point is selected. Using the TV/DVD’s Features 2. Press Enter 3. Press ENTER. Playback starts from the marked scene. Marker To cancel the Marker Follow the above steps 1~2, then press CANCEL. DVD Playback A B Repeat A-B To resume normal playback Press REPEAT A-B again. “ • In A-B Repeat mode, subtitles near the A or B locations may not be displayed. • You cannot set the A-B Repeat for the scenes that include multiple angles. • A-B Repeat playback does not work when Repeat playback is activated. • You may not be able to set A-B Repeat, during certain scenes of the DVD. • A-B Repeat does not work with an interactive DVD, MP3/WMA/JPEG CD. • A-B Repeat is prohibited when PBC is on. 47 Appendix 46 Notes: Off ” appears on the screen. DVD Playback 2. Press REPEAT A-B again. The end point is selected. Playback starts at the point that you selected. Playback stops at the end point, returns to Point A automatically, then starts again. Setting up your TV/DVD • Some discs may not work with the marking operation. • The marking is canceled when you eject the disc or turn the power off. • Some subtitles recorded around the marker may fail to appear. [Audio CD, Video CD] Press to select “Repeat”. Press / or ENTER once or twice to select “Track” or “All”. The unit automatically starts repeat Play Mode Off playback after finishing the current track. Off Repeat /Enter/Play Mode • If you set the repeat mode during stop mode, press PLAY to start Repeat playback. 3. Press PLAY MODE again to make the screen disappear. Connecting your TV/DVD 2. Select the blank Marker using or . Then press ENTER at the desired scene. • Repeat this procedure to set the other 2 scenes. Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 3 /Enter/Cancel/Marker DVD Introduction Marking desired scenes Appendix In case of the Video-CD playback with PBC, the JUMP does not work. To turn off PBC, see page 51. VCD Changing angles CD You can arrange the playback order of tracks or files on the disc. 1. Press PLAY MODE in the stop mode. Channel Number Play Mode : Off Repeat : Off /Enter/Play Mode 2. Press press or / to select Play Mode, then or ENTER to select “Program”. Play Mode Repeat Clear 3. Press / / / to select the programming position. Use Number buttons (0–9) to input the Track or file numbers. • To program others, repeat step 3. • If you input a wrong number, press CANCEL. : Program : Off 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 To clear all the programs In the program mode, press press ENTER. to select “Clear”. Then Two or more titles are recorded on some discs. If the title menu is recorded on the disc, you can select the desired title. 1. Press TOP MENU during playback. Title menu appears on the screen. 2. Press / / / to select the desired title. 3. Press ENTER or PLAY. The playback of the selected title will start. Enter Note: The program is cancelled when you eject the disc or turn the power off. Play Top Menu Note: Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to select the title. Depending on the DVD, a “title menu” may simply be called a “menu” or “title” in the instructions supplied with the disc. Play mode CD Enter Play DVD menu Some DVDs allow you to select the disc contents using the menu. When you playback these DVDs, you can select the subtitle language and sound-track language, etc. using the menu. 1. Press DVD MENU during playback. The DVD menu appears on the screen. • Press DVD MENU again to resume playback at the scene when you pressed DVD MENU. 2. Press / / / to select the desired item. 3. Press ENTER. The menu continues to another screen. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to set the item completely. Enter DVD Menu Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to resume playback from the scene point when you pressed DVD MENU. In playing back the Video CD with PBC, you cannot set Random playback. 48 DVD 49 Karaoke playback VCD You can select the language when you play a multilingual disc. 1. Press AUDIO SELECT during playback. The current soundtrack language will 2/8 Fra Dolby Digital appear. Audio Select The KARAOKE symbol ( ) appears. • If you play non-Karaoke disc, the 1/8 Eng Dolby Digital KARAOKE symbol ( ) does not Off appear. • Some Karaoke discs may not have the vocal on/off function. In this case, the KARAOKE symbol ( does not appear. 1/8 Eng Dolby Digital or to select “On” or “Off”. 2. Press On : The primary vocal is output when it is recorded on the disc. Off : The primary vocal is not output. • The on screen display will disappear after a few seconds. In case of Video CD playback Audio type changes as follows each time you press AUDIO SELECT. LR L R Notes: Audio Select 1/8 Eng Dolby Digital Notes: Subtitle Disc status DVD VCD CD With each press of DISPLAY, the status of the disc will appear on the screen and change as follows. Off DVD 00:34:56 01:12:33 1/99 Chapter 1/999 1/9 1/8 Eng Dolby Digital 1/32 Eng 00:34:56 01:12:33 Title 1 Using the TV/DVD’s Features • The vocal output feature is used during playback of Dolby Digital (multi-channel) recorded DVD KARAOKE discs. This feature allows you to turn off vocal audio tracks, or restore them for background accompaniment. • When playing Karaoke, connect appropriate audio equipment such as an amplifier to the TV/DVD. Setting up your TV/DVD When playing back a disc recorded with subtitles, you can select the subtitle language or turn the subtitle off. 1. Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback until your desired language appears. 1/8 Eng ) On • If the desired language is not heard after pressing the button several times, the language is not recorded on the disc. • Changing soundtrack language is cancelled when you eject the disc. The initial default language or available language will be heard if the disc is played back again. • If you select DTS in playing DTS-encoded disc, no sound will be heard from the TV/ DVD’s speakers. Subtitles 2. To turn off the subtitle, press subtitle until “Off” appears. • The on screen display will disappear after a few seconds. You can turn the vocal on or off recorded on the DVD KARAOKE. 1. During DVD KARAOKE disc playback, press AUDIO SELECT. Connecting your TV/DVD 2. Press AUDIO SELECT repeatedly until the desired language is selected. • The on screen display will disappear after a few seconds. Introduction Changing soundtrack language Appendix Note: Note: DVD Playback 1. Press PLAY MODE during playback or stop mode. 2. Press / to select Play Mode, then press / or ENTER to select “Random”. 3. Press PLAY. The Random Playback will start. • If you set “Random” during playback Play Mode : Random mode, Random playback will begin after Repeat : Off /Enter/Play Mode the track that is currently being played has ended. • To resume normal playback, select Play Mode: “Off” in step 2. Using the TV/DVD’s Features to select the track number. Skip ¢ Title selection Setting up your TV/DVD To clear the program one by one In the program mode, press / / / Then press CANCEL. Cancel The unit selects tracks or files at random and playback. DVD Playback Note: Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD. Program Playback /Enter/0 9/Cancel/Play Mode To change the program 1. In the program mode, press / / / to select the track number. 2. Press Number buttons (0–9) to select the track number to be replaced. VCD 2. Press ANGLE repeatedly until the desired angle is selected. 10 11 12 4. Press / / / to select “Program Playback” and press ENTER. The programs you selected will start to playback in the order. • In case of JPEG file, press SKIP ¢ to continue the program playback. Play Mode : Off : Off • To resume normal playback, select Play Repeat /Enter/Play Mode Mode: “Off” in step 2. Random playback Angle Enter : Program : Off Play Mode Repeat Clear Play Mode 10 11 12 Program Playback /Enter/0 9/Cancel/Play Mode 1 9 2 3 3 11 When playing back a disc recorded with multi-angle facility, you can change the angle that you are viewing the scene from. 1. Press ANGLE during playback. 1/9 The current angle will appear. Connecting your TV/DVD 1 2 3 / / / Introduction Program playback To make status display disappear, press DISPLAY again. Display 00:12 04:32 PBC Track –/– 00:12 04:32 Notes: • Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to change subtitles, or to turn subtitles on or off. • While playing a DVD, the subtitle may change when you loaded or eject the disc. • In some cases, a selected subtitle language may not be changed immediately. To make status display disappear, press DISPLAY again. Audio CD 34:56 71:33 Track 11/99 To turn off the PBC VCD Press number button 1 in the stop mode, then press ENTER. 51 Appendix When you playback the CD disc, the status display will appear on the screen and continue displaying. 50 Enter DVD Playback DVD Playback Video CD MP3/WMA CD playback This unit can play back MP3/WMA/JPEG-data which has been recorded on CD-R or CD-RW. To produce MP3/WMA/JPEG-data, you need a Windows-PC with CD-R/RW drive and MP3/WMA/JPEG-encoding Software (not supplied). Files recorded on an Apple® HFS (hierarchical file system) volume cannot be played. 1. Load a disc on which MP3 or WMA files have been recorded in the disc slot. MP3/WMA/JPEG CD information CD Introduction MP3/WMA/JPEG CD operation CD 2. A file menu screen will appear on the screen. Press / or ENTER to select folder. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Limitations on MP3/WMA/JPEG CD playback Number buttons -/72 --:-- CD-R Pops 8 Japan 9 Bay Bridge CLOSE MY EYES 10 DIVE TO BLUE 11 12 Honey 13 BLUE EYES 14 Blurry Eyes flower Lies and Truthwinter fall Rain Strawberry Welcome party Thailand /0-9/Enter/Play Mode Limitations on display -/72 --:-- CD-R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Pops 8 Japan 9 Bay Bridge CLOSE MY EYES 10 DIVE TO BLUE 11 12 Honey 13 BLUE EYES 14 Blurry Eyes flower Lies and Truthwinter fall Rain Strawberry Welcome party Thailand /0-9/Enter/Play Mode Enter -/72 --:-- CD-R 15 16 Pops Mother Hold Your Last /0-9/Enter/Play Mode Play • When PLAY has been pressed after displaying the file menu, playback begins automatically starting from the first file. In this case, if the first file is an MP3/WMA file, only MP3/WMA files are played back in order. If the first file is a JPEG file, the first JPEG file is played back. Stop 4. Press ENTER. The selected file starts playing back. Top Menu Notes on MP3/WMA/JPEG files 5. Press STOP to end playback. • The unit records the stopped point. “ ” appears on the screen. Press PLAY to resume playback (from the scene point). • If you press STOP again or unload the disc, the unit will clear the stopped point. To play back MP3/WMA/JPEG CD in the recorded order, 1. Use MP3/WMA/JPEG software that records data alphabetically or numerically. 2. Name each file including two-digit or three-digit number (ex. “01” “02” or “001” “002”). 3. Refrain from making too many sub-folders. • Some MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs cannot be played back depending on the recording conditions. • The CD-R/RW that has no music data or non MP3/WMA/JPEG files cannot be played back. MP3 CD MPEG-1 Audio 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz 32kbps ~ 320kbps (constant bit rate or variable bit rate) The recommend recording setting for a high-quality sound is 44.1kHz of sampling frequency and 128kbps of constant bit rate. WMA CD WMA version 7, and 8 32kHz, 48kbps 44.1kHz, 48kbps ~ 192kbps 48kHz, 128kbps ~ 192kbps The file recorded by mono, 48kHz, 48 kbps is not available to this unit. • During MP3/WMA/JPEG playback, you cannot use JUMP, A-B Repeat functions. • You can use Repeat (Track or All), Random functions and Program playback for MP3/ WMA/JPEG CD playback (see pages 47 and 48). • In the case of a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and JPEG files, the files are played back by selecting them from the file menu. Notes: • The picture menu is displayed when the FUJICOLOR CD or the Kodak Picture CD are played. To display the file menu, press TOP MENU. • In the case of a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and JPEG files, the files are played back by selecting them from the file menu. • MP3 or WMA file on the Kodak Picture CD is not recognized on this unit. About file menu The DVD player contained in this LCD TV requires discs/recordings to meet certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically set to these standards. There are many different types of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing MP3/WMA files). Because this area of technology is still evolving, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all recordable discs will produce optimal playback quality. The technical criteria set forth in this owner’s manual are meant only as a guide. /0–9/Enter/Play Mode/DVD Menu Please be advised that you must obtain permission from the applicable copyright owners to download copyrighted content, including music files, in any format, including the MP3 and WMA formats, prior to the downloading thereof. Toshiba has no right to grant and does not grant permission top download any copyrighted content. : Indicates MP3 file Appendix : Indicates WMA file : Indicates JPEG file Apple is a registered trademark of Apple Computer, Inc. 52 53 DVD function setup CD You can select your desired JPEG file on the file menu and picture menu. The selected JPEG file is automatically adjusted to the TV screen. (When the aspect ratio of a JPEG file is different from that of the TV screen, black bars may appear at the top, bottom, and/or sides of the screen. Customizing the function settings Channel Number You can change the default settings of the DVD mode to customize performance to your preference. Setting procedure 1. Press SETUP during stop mode. The following on-screen display appears. 1. Load a disc on which JPEG files have been recorded in the slot. -/36 CD-R Collection 1 Pic-1 2 Pic-2 3 Pic-3 4 Pic-4 5 Pic-5 6 Pic-6 7 Pic-7 8 Pic-8 9 Pic-9 10 Pic-10 11 Pic-11 12 Pic-12 13 Pic-13 14 Pic-14 /0-9/Enter/Play Mode/DVD Menu Language Picture Sound Parental Other Enter DVD Menu Enter /Enter/Setup/Return or 2. Press ENTER. to select the desired section, then press or Play Stop Skip 4 ¢ Angle 3. Press or to select the desired option. Menu 4. Change the selection using / / / or ENTER (see “Setting details” on page 56 and 57). • Repeat step 3 and 4 to change other settings. to select another operation, go back to step 2. • Press Top Menu 4. Press ENTER. The selected picture appears on the screen. 5. To make SETUP screen disappear, press SETUP or RETURN. Return Option Details Language Menu Subtitle Audio To select the language of “Menu”, “Subtitle” and “Audio” if their languages are recorded on the disc in more than one language. TV Screen To select a picture size. Display To turn on or deactivate the operational status display on the screen. JPEG Interval To select a preferred setting for the slide show playback. Select Files To select your desired file type for playing back a disc containing a mixture of MP3, WMA, and JPEG files. DRC To select On or Off for DRC (Dynamic Range Control). Password Input 4-digit password to set the parental level. Parental To select a preferred parental level for the parental setting. OSD Language To select a preferred language for on screen display. 5. Press STOP to end playback. The file menu appears on the screen. If you want to watch the other file, repeat steps 3 ~ 4. Picture Preparation: • Set “JPEG Interval” setting to “5 Seconds”, “10 Seconds” or “15 Seconds”. (See page 56.) 1. Select your desired starting file for the slide show in the step 3 on the above. 2. Press ENTER to start slide show from the selected file. • If you press PAUSE during the slide show, the slide show stops temporarily. “8” appears briefly on the picture. If the picture appears upside down or sideways, press ANGLE repeatedly until it’s right side up. 54 Pause Parental Play Stop Skip ¢ Other 57 Appendix ”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ” appears briefly on the “ screen. again to resume the slide show. Press PLAY or SKIP • When slide show playback is finished, the file list appears. • To stop the slide show, press STOP. The file list appears. Sound Enter 56 DVD Playback DVD Playback Slide show playback CD The slide show enables you to view pictures (files) one after another automatically. Page Using the TV/DVD’s Features Rotating an image You can rotate an image by 90 degrees by pressing ANGLE during playback of the image. ”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ” appears briefly on the screen. “ Section Setting up your TV/DVD 3. Press / / / or Number buttons (0–9) to select the desired file. To display a picture menu, press DVD MENU. (To return to a file menu, press TOP MENU.) Press / / / to select the desired file. • To display next list, press SKIP / . • When PLAY has been pressed after displaying the file menu, playback begins automatically starting from the first file. In this case, if the first file is a JPEG file, the first JPEG file is played back. If the first file is an MP3/WMA file, only MP3/WMA files are played back in order. Connecting your TV/DVD 2. A file menu screen will appear on the screen. Press / to select folder. Introduction JPEG CD playback DVD Playback DVD Playback Standard, sampling frequency, and the bit rate: Notes: Using the TV/DVD’s Features Notice: Setting up your TV/DVD • The maximum number for display is 16 letters. Available letters for display are the following: capital or small alphabets of A through Z, numbers of 0 through 9, and _ (under score). • Other letters than those above are replaced in hyphen. 3. Press / / / or Number buttons (0–9) to select the desired file. • In case the folder includes more than 15 files, press or to display next file list. Connecting your TV/DVD • MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs must meet ISO9660 standards. Files must have one of the following extensions: .mp3, .wma, or .jpg. • This unit can read 200 files per disc. If one directory has more than 200 files, the unit will read up to 200 files and any additional files will be ignored. • The unit is able to recognize up to a maximum of 50 directories per disc. • MP3/WMA/JPEG CDs cannot be used for the purpose of recording. • If the CD has both audio tracks and MP3/WMA/JPEG files, only audio tracks are played. • It may take more than one minute for this unit to read MP3/WMA/JPEG files depending on its structure. • Music recorded by “Joliet Recording Specification” can be played back, the file name is displayed (within 16 letters) on the screen. Long file names will be condensed. • Music files recorded on an Apple® HFS (hierarchical file system) volume cannot be played. Angle 55 Menu Subtitle Audio Tv Screen Display JPEG Interval Select Files English English Automatic Francais English Espanol Other 4:3 On Off All Sound Language Picture Sound Parental Other DRC 4:3 4:3 16:9 /Enter/Setup/Return /Enter/Setup/Return Menu, Subtitle, Audio You can select the language of “Menu”, “Subtitle” and “Audio” if more than one language is recorded onto the disc. Tv Screen You have the following screen sizes to choose from: 4:3 Letter box: When playing back a wide screen-DVD disc, it displays the wide picture with black bands at the top and bottom of screen. 4:3 Pan scan: It displays the wide picture on the whole screen with left and right edges automatically cut off. English, Francais, Espanol: The selected language will be heard or seen. Other: Other language can be selected (see the “Language code list” page 59). Wide: 16:9 A wide screen picture is displayed full size. Original: (Audio) The unit will select the first priority language of each disc. If the DVD disc is not formatted in the pan & scan style, it displays 4:3 style. Parental DVD Playback Password Parental OSD Language English 0 9/Cancel /Enter/Setup/Return /Enter/Setup/Return or to select “Parental”, then press or 1) Press until the level you require appears. • Level Off: The parental control setting does not function. • Level 8: Virtually all DVD software can be played back. • Level 1: DVD software for adults cannot be played back. Select from the level 1 to level 8. The limitation will be more severe as the level number is lower. or to select “Password”. 2) Press Press Number buttons (0–9) to input a 4-digit password. Be sure to remember this number! • If you input a wrong number, press CANCEL. 3) Press ENTER to store the password. Note: Now the rating is locked and the setting cannot be changed unless you enter the correct password. Notes: • Depending on the discs, the unit cannot limit playback. • Some discs may not be encoded with specific rating level information though its disc jacket says “adult.” For those discs, the age restriction will not work. Parental Control Level Cancel Picture Note: This temporary cancellation of rating level will be kept until the disc is ejected. When the disc is ejected, the original parental level will be set again automatically. Language Name Code Language Name Code Language Name Code Language Name Code Abkhazian 1112 Fiji 1620 Lingala 2224 Singhalese 2919 Afar 1111 Finnish 1619 Lithuanian 2230 Slovak 2921 Afrikaans 1116 French 1628 Macedonian 2321 Slovenian 2922 Albanian 2927 Frisian 1635 Malagasy 2317 Somali 2925 Amharic 1123 Galician 1722 Malay 2329 Spanish 1529 Arabic 1128 Georgian 2111 Malayalam 2322 Sundanese 2931 Armenian 1835 German 1415 Maltese 2330 Swahili 2933 Assamese 1129 Greek 1522 Maori 2319 Swedish 2932 Aymara 1135 Greenlandic 2122 Marathi 2328 Tagalog 3022 3017 Azerbaijani 1136 Guarani 1724 Moldavian 2325 Tajik Bashkir 1211 Gujarati 1731 Mongolian 2324 Tamil 3011 Basque 1531 Hausa 1811 Nauru 2411 Tatar 3030 Bengali; Bangla 1224 Hebrew 1933 Nepali 2415 Telugu 3015 Bhutani 1436 Hindi 1819 Norwegian 2425 Thai 3018 Bihari 1218 Hungarian 1831 Oriya 2528 Tibetan 1225 Breton 1228 Icelandic 1929 Panjabi 2611 Tigrinya 3019 Bulgarian 1217 Indonesian 1924 Pashto, Pushto 2629 Tonga 3025 Burmese 2335 Interlingua 1911 Persian 1611 Turkish 3028 Byelorussian 1215 Irish 1711 Polish 2622 Turkmen 3021 Cambodian 2123 Italian 1930 Portuguese 2630 Twi 3033 3121 1311 Japanese 2011 Quechua 2731 Ukrainian Chinese 3618 Javanese 2033 Rhaeto-Romance 2823 Urdu 3128 Corsican 1325 Kannada 2124 Romanian 2825 Uzbek 3136 Croatian 1828 Kashmiri 2129 Russian 2831 Vietnamese 3219 Czech 1329 Kazakh 2121 Samoan 2923 Volapük 3225 1335 Danish 1411 Kirghiz 2135 Sanskrit 2911 Welsh Dutch 2422 Korean 2125 Scots Gaelic 1714 Wolof 3325 English 1524 Kurdish 2131 Serbian 2928 Xhosa 3418 Esperanto 1525 Laothian 2225 Serbo-Croatian 2918 Yiddish 2019 Estonian 1530 Latin 2211 Shona 2924 Yoruba 3525 Faroese 1625 Latvian, Lettish 2232 Sindhi 2914 Zulu 3631 DVD Playback Catalan Using the TV/DVD’s Features DVD Playback Return Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings “Menu”, “Subtitle” and/or “Audio.” See page 56. Setting up your TV/DVD /Enter/Return Language code list Connecting your TV/DVD Enter Your disc exceeds the parental control level#. Enter/0 9/Cancel/Return After completing the setup on pages 56 and 57, the settings will be retained in the memory (especially with DVD discs), even if you turn off the power. Introduction Number buttons 2. If the DVD disc has been designed to temporarily cancel the Rating level, the screen which follows the “Reading” screen will change, depending on which disc is played. If you select “YES” with the ENTER key, “Your disc exceeds the parental control level#.” screen will then appear. 5. Playback will commence if the entered password was correct. Note: Appendix Eject 1. Load a DVD disc. 4 - digit password To display OSD language in English. To display OSD language in French. To display OSD language in Spanish. Appendix Depending on the DVD disc, the disc may try to temporarily cancel the parental level that you have set. It is up to you to decide whether to cancel the rating level or not. 4. Enter the password with Number buttons (0–9). Then press ENTER. Please enter the To exit from the entry, press RETURN. English: Francais: Espanol: 57 Temporary disabling of parental level by DVD disc 3. If you wish to cancel the set rating level temporarily, select or , then press ENTER. If the “Parental Control Level” with 4-digit password at step 2 on page 57 has been set, the password entering screen will appear as shown in step 4. Alternatively, if the password has not been set, playback will commence. If you don’t know (or have forgotten) the password, select “Cancel Picture”. The setting screen will disappear. Press EJECT on the unit to remove the disc. English Francais Espanol OSD Language The setup language can be selected. Parental control setting Some discs are specified not suitable for children. Such discs can be limited not to play back with the unit. 56 Reading Language Picture Sound Parental Other Off DVD Playback Select Files When playing back a CD containing a mixture of MP3, WMA and JPEG files, only MP3/WMA or JPEG files can be displayed on the file menu. All: Displays all files. Music Only: Displays only MP3/WMA files. Pictures Only: Displays only JPEG files. Other Language Picture Sound Parental Other Using the TV/DVD’s Features If the selected language is not recorded on the disc, the first-priority language is selected. If you forget the password... 1. Press EJECT. 2. Remove the disc after the disc comes out. 3. “No Disc” appears on the screen. 4. While holding STOP down on the top of the unit, press 7 on the remote control. “PASSWORD CLEAR” appears on the screen. 5. Enter a new password again. Notes: • This function works only during playback of Dolby Digital recorded discs. • The level of Dynamic Range Reduction may differ depending on DVD video disc. JPEG Interval You can continuously play back all JPEG files automatically. After the setting below, start playing the disc on which JPEG files have been recorded. Off: Plays back one file at a time. 5 Seconds: Plays back images in the form of a slide show at 5 second intervals. 10 Seconds: Plays back images in the form of a slide show at 10 second intervals. 15 Seconds: Plays back images in the form of a slide show in 15 second intervals. Note: /Enter/Setup/Return DRC DRC (Dynamic Range Control) enables you to control the dynamic range so as to achieve a suitable sound for your equipment. On: Loud sound such as explosion or similar is toned down slightly when played back. This makes it suitable for when it is connected to a stereo. Off: It plays back at the recording level on the disc. Note: Display On screen display can be switched on or off when you press the buttons. On: On screen displays appear when you press the buttons (factory setting). Off: On screen displays do not appear when you press any buttons. Off: (Subtitle) Subtitles do not appear. On Off Setting up your TV/DVD Automatic: (Subtitle) • The unit will automatically select the same language in the AUDIO setting. • When the unit selects the same language as the AUDIO, the subtitles will not appear during playback. • When you do not use the same language as the AUDIO, the subtitles will appear during playback. On Connecting your TV/DVD To change the parental level 1) Press or to select “Password”. 2) Press Number buttons (0–9) to enter the password you have stored. 3) Press ENTER. • The rating is now unlocked. or to select “Parental”, then press or 4) Press to change the parental level. or to select “Password”, then press 5) Press Number buttons (0–9) to enter the password. Note: You can change the password if you want. 6) Press ENTER. Now the parental level is changed and locked. Setting details Language Picture Sound Parental Other Picture Language Picture Sound Parental Other Language Introduction Setting details Appendix 58 59 Introduction Appendix Troubleshooting (continued) Troubleshooting Before calling a service technician, please check the following table for a possible cause of the symptom and some solutions. Symptom Solution TV will not turn on • Make sure the connection of the AC adapter and AC cord, then press POWER. • The remote control batteries may be dead. Replace the batteries. • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel. • The MTS feature may be in SAP mode. Select STR or MONO in the MTS menu. Poor picture, sound OK • Check the antenna connections. • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel. • Adjust the PICTURE menu. Picture and sound are out of sync As with all products that contain a digital display, in rare instances, when viewing certain content (e.g.. television broadcasts, video games, DVD), you may notice that the sound and picture are slightly out of sync. This phenomenon can be caused by various factors including, without limitation, video processing within the TV, video processing in an attached gaming system, and video processing/different compression rates used by broadcasters in their programming. You may want to try one or more of the following suggestions, which may help to reduce the effect of this phenomenon: • If the TV is connected to an external A/V device (e.g., DVD player, video game system, set-top-box, etc.) always try to use the Color Stream video jacks and corresponding audio jacks or the HDMI input (if available on your TV) for connection to such external A/V device. • If the TV is connected to an A/V receiver that has a programmable audio delay feature, use this feature to help synchronize the sound to the picture. • If connected to a video game system and your TV has the Game Mode feature (see owner’s manual for more information), enable this feature. • If you notice this phenomenon only on cetain TV channels, please contact your local broadcast, cable, or satellite provider to inform them of this issue. • TV/DVD selector is not set correctly. No sound • Make sure the input selector of the amplifier is set properly. • The unit is in the special playback mode. • Select the correct Audio Output/Input position on AV amplifier. Picture is distorted during fast reverse/forward playback • The picture will be distorted occasionally. Stopping playback, search, slow-motion play, repeat play, or program play, etc. cannot be performed • Some discs may not perform certain functions. No on-screen display • Select Display On. No surround sound • The setup does not match your stereo system. The unit or remote operation key is not functioning • Turn off the unit and unplug the AC power cord for several minutes, then replug it. Playback does not start when the title is selected • Check the Parental level setup. Audio soundtrack and/or subtitle language is not changed when you play back a DVD • Multilingual language is not recorded on the DVD disc. No subtitle • Some discs have no subtitles. • Subtitles are cleared. Press SUBTITLE. Angle cannot be changed • Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD discs. “ ” appears on the screen • The function is prohibited with the unit or the disc. • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel. • Check the antenna connections. Cannot receive above channel 13 • Make sure TV/CABLE is set to CABLE mode. Unable to select a certain channel • The channel may be blocked by the V-Chip feature or CH LOCK feature, or erased with the add/erase feature. Cannot access signal input sources (Video1, Video2, ColorStream HD, HDMI and PC) and/or Channels 3 and 4 • Check the VIDEO LOCK feature. Multiple images • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel. • Use a highly directional outdoor antenna. Poor color or no color • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel. • Adjust the TINT and/or COLOR in the PICTURE menu. Black box on screen • Select OFF in the Closed Caption menu to turn off the Closed Caption Text mode. No stereo or SAP sound from a known MTS broadcast • Make sure the MTS feature is set properly (AUDIO menu). • Change or reset your password. The remote control does not operate • Remove all obstructions between the remote control and the TV. • The remote control batteries may be dead. Replace the batteries. The top panel buttons do not operate • Check the PANEL LOCK feature. Appendix The V-Chip password does not work (U.S. V-Chip system only) DVD Playback Appendix Poor reception of broadcast channels No picture 60 61 LCD TV/DVD Combination - Depot Repair Warranty Notes: • This model complies with the specifications listed below. • Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice. • This model may not be compatible with features and/or specifications that may be added in the future. Television Appendix Rental Units The warranty for LCD TV/DVD Combination rental units begins on the date of the first rental or thirty (30) days after the date of shipment to the rental firm, whichever comes first. Commercial Units LCD TV/DVD Combinations sold and used for commercial purposes have a limited warranty for all parts and labor, which warranty begins on the date of original retail purchase and ends on the date that is ninety (90) days thereafter. Owner’s Manual and Product Registration Card Read this owner’s manual thoroughly before operating this LCD TV/DVD Combination. Complete and mail the enclosed product registration card or register your LCD TV/DVD Combination on-line at http://www.tacp.toshiba.com/service as soon as possible. By registering your LCD TV/DVD Combination you will enable TACP to bring you new products specifically designed to meet your needs and help us to contact you in the unlikely event a safety notification is required under the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Act. Failure to complete and return the product registration card does not diminish your warranty rights. Your Responsibility THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: (1) You must retain your bill of sale or provide other proof of purchase. (2) All warranty servicing of this LCD TV/DVD Combination must be made by the Depot Warranty Repair Center specified by the TACP Consumer Solutions Center. (3) The warranties from TACP are effective only if the LCD TV/ DVD Combination is purchased and operated in the Continental U.S.A. or Puerto Rico. (4) Labor service charges for set installation, setup, adjustment of customer controls, and installation or repair of antenna systems are not covered by this warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate antenna systems, misaligned satellite dishes, cable television distribution, VCRs, DVD players/recorders, (1) For instructions on how to obtain warranty service for your LCD Television, contact TACP’s Consumer Solution Center toll free at 1-800-575-5469. (2) You must include a copy or original bill of sale or other proof of purchase along with the entire LCD TV/DVD Combination to the Depot Warranty Repair Center specified by the TACP Consumer Solutions Center. You are responsible for all inbound transportation and insurance charges for the LCD TV/DVD Combination to the Depot Warranty Repair Center specified by the TACP Consumer Solutions Center. For additional information, visit TACP’s website: www.tacp.toshiba.com ALL WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY THE LAW OF ANY STATE OF THE U.S.A., INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE LIMITED WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF ANY WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY THE LAW OF ANY STATE OF THE U.S.A. AS HEREBY LIMITED, THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, AGREEMENTS, AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS OF TACP WITH RESPECT TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY PARTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL TACP BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR MODIFICATION OR ERASURE OF RECORDED DATA CAUSED BY USE, MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS LCD TV/DVD COMBINATION). No person, agent, distributor, dealer, or company is authorized to change, modify, or extend the terms of these warranties in any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TACP arising under the warranty or under any statute or law of the United States or any state thereof is hereby limited to ninety (90) days from the date you discover, or should have discovered, the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising under state law. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE IN THE U.S.A. SOME STATES OF THE U.S.A. DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, WHEN AN ACTION MAY BE BROUGHT, OR THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE PROVISIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU UNDER SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES. 63 Appendix 62 Limited One (1) Year Warranty on Parts and Labor TACP warrants this LCD TV/DVD Combination and its parts against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) year after the date of original retail purchase. DURING THIS PERIOD, TACP WILL, AT TACP’S OPTION, REPAIR OR REPLACE A DEFECTIVE PART WITH A NEW OR REFURBISHED PART WITHOUT CHARGE TO YOU. How to Obtain Warranty Services If, after following all of the operating instructions in this manual and checking the section “Troubleshooting,” you find that service is needed: DVD Playback Pickup NTSC 1. DVD (12cm, 8cm [with Disc adapter]) 2. CD (12cm, 8cm [with Disc adapter]) 1-Lens, 2-Beams System LCD TV/DVD COMBINATIONS PURCHASED ANYWHERE OUTSIDE OF THE U.S.A., INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CANADA AND MEXICO, AND USED IN THE U.S.A., ARE NOT COVERED BY THESE WARRANTIES. Using the TV/DVD’s Features Signal system Applicable disc WARNING: Always use the Toshiba wall bracket specified below or another wall bracket approved by Toshiba for wall mounting this television. The use of any wall bracket other than the Toshiba wall bracket specified below or another wall bracket approved by Toshiba for wall mounting this television could result in serious bodily injury and/or property damage. In the U.S.: Use Toshiba wall bracket model number FWB2027. For more information, call TACP's Consumer Solutions Center at 1-800-631-3811 or visit TACP's website at www.tacp.toshiba.com. In Canada: Call TCL's Customer Service Department at 1-800268-3404. LCD TV/DVD COMBINATIONS PURCHASED IN THE U.S.A. AND USED ANYWHERE OUTSIDE OF THE U.S.A., INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CANADA AND MEXICO, ARE NOT COVERED BY THESE WARRANTIES. Setting up your TV/DVD 20.04 inches (508.9 mm diagonal)(Screen size is approximate.) Color TFT LCD 1366 (Horizon) x 768 (Vertical) NTSC standard F-Synth VHF: 2 – 13 UHF: 14 – 69 Cable TV: 4A, A-5 – A-1, A-I, J – W, W+1 – W+84 Antenna input VHF/UHF 75 ohm Power source 120V AC, 60 Hz with supplied AC adapter Power consumption 100 W with supplied AC adapter Audio power 2.5 W + 2.5 W Speaker type 1.8 x 3.9 inches (45.7 x 99.1 mm), 16 ohm x 2 Video/Audio terminals S-VIDEO INPUT Y-INPUT: 1V (p-p), 75 ohm, negative sync., Mini DIN 4pin x 1 C-INPUT: 0.286V (p-p) (burst signal), 75 ohm VIDEO/AUDIO INPUT VIDEO: 1V (p-p), 75 ohm, negative sync., pin jack x 2 AUDIO: 150 mV (rms) (30% modulation equivalent, 47k ohm), pin jack (L/R) x 5 ColorStream® (component video) INPUT Y: 1V (p-p), 75 ohm 0.7V (p-p), 75 ohm PR: PB: 0.7V (p-p), 75 ohm AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO: 150 mV (rms) (30% modulation equivalent, 47k ohm), pin jack (L/R) x 1 DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT (Coaxial) DVD mode only 0.5V (p-p), 75 ohm, pin jack (L/R) x 1 HEADPHONE Ø3.5mm stereo mini jack x 1 HDMI INPUT: HDMI compliant (type A connector) HDCP compliant E-EDID* compliant Suggested scan rates: 1080i, 480p, 480i, 720p HDMI Audio: 2-channel PCM 32/44.1/48 kHz sampling frequency 16/20/24 bits per sample PC Monitor Input Mini-Dsub 15pin x 1 Dimensions Width: 21-13/16 inches (554 mm) Height: 17-5/8 inches (448 mm) Depth: 8-11/16 inches (220 mm) Weight 19.8 Ibs. (9.0 kg) Supplied accessories Remote control (DC-LWB1) with two size “AAA” batteries Owner’s Manual (This booklet) * E-EDID = Enhanced-Extended Display Identification. personal computer level IEEE-1394 devices, and any other connected signal source device are your responsibility. (5) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or workmanship as limited above, and do not extend to any LCD TV/DVD Combination or parts that have been lost or discarded by you or to damage to the LCD TV/DVD Combination or parts caused by fires, misuse, accident, Acts of God (such as lightning or fluctuations in electric power), improper installation, improper maintenance, or use in violation of instructions furnished by TACP; use or malfunction through simultaneous use of this LCD TV/DVD Combination and connected equipment; or to units that have been modified or had the serial number removed, altered, defaced, or rendered illegible. Connecting your TV/DVD LCD panel Display method Number of pixels Television system Tuner type Channel coverage Toshiba America Consumer Products, L.L.C. (“TACP”) makes the following limited warranties to original consumers in the United States. THESE LIMITED WARRANTIES EXTEND TO THE ORIGINAL CONSUMER PURCHASER OR ANY PERSON RECEIVING THIS LCD TV/DVD COMBINATION AS A GIFT FROM THE ORIGINAL CONSUMER PURCHASER AND TO NO OTHER PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE. Introduction Limited United States Warranty Specifications DVD/CD Player Using the TV/DVD’s Features Poor sound, picture OK • No disc is loaded. • The disc may be dirty. Clean the disc. • The unit cannot play CD-ROMs, etc. Setting up your TV/DVD • Check the antenna/cable connections. • The sound may be muted. Press VOLUME. • The station may have broadcast difficulties. Try another channel. • The MTS feature may be in SAP mode. Select STR or MONO in the MTS menu. Solution Playback doesn’t start Connecting your TV/DVD No picture, no sound No sound, picture OK Symptom of DVD CAUTION THIS LCD COLOR TELEVISION EMPLOYS A LASER SYSTEM. TO ENSURE PROPER USE OF THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE READ THIS SERVICE MANUAL CAREFULLY AND RETAIN FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. SHOULD THE UNIT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE, CONTACT AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE LOCATION-SEE SERVICE PROCEDURE. USE OF CONTROLS, ADJUSTMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. TO PREVENT DIRECT EXPOSURE TO LASER BEAM, DO NOT TRY TO OPEN THE ENCLOSURE. VISIBLE LASER RADIATION MAY BE PRESENT WHEN THE ENCLOSURE IS OPENED. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM. Location of the required Marking The rating sheet and the safety caution are on the rear of the unit. CERTIFICATION: COMPLIES WITH FDA RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS, 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J. PREPARATION OF SERVICING The laser diode used for a pickup head may be destroyed with external static electricity. Moreover, even if it is operating normally after repair, when static electricity discharge is received at the time of repair, the life of the product may be shortened. Please perform the following measure against static electricity, be careful of destruction of a laser diode at the time of repair. • Place the unit on a workstation equipped to protect against static electricity, such as conductive mat. • Soldering iron with ground wire or ceramic type is used. • A worker needs to use a ground conductive wrist strap for body. A1-1 IMPORTANT SERVICE SAFETY INFORMATION Safety precautions to be followed during servicing: 1. Parts marked with an are critical parts for safety. Replace only with the one described in the parts list. 2. Before returning the DVD product to the customer, make the appropriate leakage current check or resistance measurements to ensure that exposed parts are properly insulated from the supply circuit. A leakage current check is recommended for this unit. Plug the AC line cord directly into a 120V 60Hz AC outlet (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Use a leakage current tester (Fig. 1) or a metering system which complies with Underwriters Laboratories (UL 1492P). Measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet to a known earth ground: particularly, any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA. Any measurement not within the limits outlined above are indicative of a potential shock hazard and corrective action must be taken before returning the unit to the customer. PRODUCT UNDER TEST 2-Blade polarized type cord set Test all exposed metal surfaces 1.5K ohm 0.15 µF (Reading should not be above 0.5mA) Leakage Current Tester TEST PROBE Fig. 1 AC Leakage Test A1-2 KNOWN EARTH GROUND IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 8A. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. READ INSTRUCTIONS All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the unit is operated. RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference. HEED WARNINGS All warnings on the unit and in the operating instructions should be adhered to. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS All operating and use instructions should be followed. CLEANING Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning. ATTACHMENTS Do not use attachments not recommended by the unit’s manufacturer as they may cause hazards. WATER AND MOISTURE Do not use this unit near water. For example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. PORTABLE CART WARNING ACCESSORIES (symbol provided by RETAC) Do not place this unit on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The unit may fall, causing serious injury, and serious damage to the unit. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer. An appliance and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the appliance and cart combination to overturn. S3126A VENTILATION Slots and openings in the cabinet and in the back or bottom are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable operation of the unit, and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This unit should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat source. This unit should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to. POWER SOURCES This unit should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the rating plate. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your appliance dealer or local power company. For units intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions. GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION This unit is equipped with a polarized alternating-current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug. If your unit is equipped with a 3-wire grounding-type plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin, this plug will only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This too, is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the grounding-type plug. POWER-CORD PROTECTION Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the appliance. LIGHTNING To protect your unit from a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the unit due to lightning and power line surges. POWER LINES An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits, as contact with them might be fatal. OVERLOADING Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords, as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. OBJECT AND LIQUID ENTRY Do not push objects through any openings in this unit, as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in fire or electric shock. Never spill or spray any type of liquid into the unit. A1-3 IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS (CONTINUED) 17. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the unit, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. 18. SERVICING Do not attempt to service this unit yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. 19. DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE Unplug this unit from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the unit. c. If the unit has been exposed to rain or water. d. If the unit does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the unit to its normal operation. e. If the unit has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged. f. When the unit exhibits a distinct change in performance, this indicates a need for service. 20. REPLACEMENT PARTS When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician uses replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or those that have the same characteristics as the original parts. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards. 21. SAFETY CHECK Upon completion of any service or repairs to this unit, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the unit is in proper operating condition. 22. WALL OR CEILING MOUNTING The product should be mounted to a wall or ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer. 23. HEAT The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat. 24. DISC TRAY Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. It may cause serious personal injury. 25. CONNECTING When you connect the product to other equipment, turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the wall outlet. Failure to do so may cause an electric shock and serious personal injury. Read the owner's manual of the other equipment carefully and follow the instructions when making any connections. 26. SOUND VOLUME Reduce the volume to the minimum level before you turn on the product. Otherwise, sudden high volume sound may cause hearing or speaker damage. 27. SOUND DISTORTION Do not allow the product output distorted sound for a longtime. It may cause speaker overheating and fire. 28. HEADPHONES When you use the headphones, keep the volume at a moderate level. If you use the headphones continuously with high volume sound, it may cause hearing damage. 29. LASER BEAM Do not look into the opening of the disc tray or ventilation opening of the product to see the source of the laser beam. It may cause sight damage. 30. DISC Do not use a cracked, deformed, or repaired disc. These discs are easily broken and may cause serious personal injury and product malfunction. 31. NOTE TO CATV SYSTEM INSTALLER This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. A1-4 EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE GROUND CLAMP ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT (NEC SECTION 810-20) ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (NEC SECTION 810-21) GROUND CLAMPS POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (NEC ART 250, PART H) NEC-NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE S2898A A1-5 WHEN REPLACING DVD DECK [ When removing the DVD Deck ] Before removing Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector, the short circuit the position shown in Fig. 1 using a soldering iron. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged. [ When installing the DVD Deck ] Remove all the soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector. NOTE • Before your operation, please read “PREPARATION OF SERVICING”. • Use the Lead Free solder. • Manual soldering conditions • Soldering temperature: 320 ± 20˚C • Soldering time: Within 3 seconds • Soldering combination: Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu • When Soldering/Removing of solder, use the draw in equipment over the Pick Up Unit to keep the Flux smoke away from it. Pick Up PCB Short circuit using a soldering iron. Fig. 1 A1-6 DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY 1. Remove the Back Cabinet. (Refer to item 1 of the DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.) 2. Slide the Rack Loading toward the arrow direction by hand to release the lock. (Refer to Fig. 1) 3. Take out the Disc from the DVD Deck. Be careful not to scratch on the Disc. DVD Deck Rack Loading Fig. 1 PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL 4 DIGIT PASSWORD CANCELLATION If the stored 4 digit password in the Rating Level menu needs to be cancelled, please follow the steps below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn Unit ON. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode. Check that ‘No disc’ is displayed on the screen. Press and hold the ‘STOP’ button on the front panel. Simultaneously press and hold the ‘7’ key on the remote control unit. Hold both keys for more than 2 seconds. The On Screen Display message ‘PASSWORD CLEAR’ will appear. The 4 digit password has now been cleared. A1-7 TRAY LOCK The disk cannot be taken out by setting the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn Unit ON. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode. Press and hold the ‘STOP’ key on the front panel. Simultaneously press and hold the ‘9’ key on the remote control unit. Hold both keys for more than 2 seconds. Press the OPEN/CLOSE key on the front panel to check the Tray Lock setting. NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. To unlock the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn Unit ON. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode. Press and hold the ‘STOP’ key on the front panel. Simultaneously press and hold the ‘9’ key on the remote control unit. Hold both keys for more than 2 seconds. The Tray Lock has now been cleared. NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. It is likely to be going to be changed to the following steps without a previous notice in the future. If the above is not effective measures, please follow the steps below. The disk cannot be taken out by setting the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below. 1. Turn Unit ON. 2. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode. 3. Press it in order of ‘SETUP’, ‘SUBTITLE’, ‘3’, ‘AUDIO SELECT’ and ‘0’ key of a remote control unit. 4. The On Screen Display message ‘ ‘ will appear. 5. The Tray Lock has now been set up. NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. To unlock the Tray Lock, please follow the steps below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn Unit ON. Set the DVD to the Stop Mode. Press it in order of ‘SETUP’, ‘SUBTITLE’, ‘3’, ‘AUDIO SELECT’ and ‘0’ key of a remote control unit. The On Screen Display message ‘ ‘ will appear. The Tray Lock has now been cleared. NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. A1-8 ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF) Distinction of PbF PCB: PCBs (manufactured) using lead free solder will have a PbF printing on the PCB. (Please refer to figures.) Caution: • Pb free solder has a higher melting point than standard solder; Typically the melting point is 50°F~70°F(30°C~40°C) higher. Please use a soldering iron with temperature control and adjust it to 650°F ± 20°F (350°C ± 10°C). • • In case of using high temperature soldering iron, please be carefull not to heat too long. Pb free solder will tend to splash when heated too high (about 1100°F/ 600°C). All products with the printed circuit board with PbF printing must be serviced with lead free solder. When soldering or unsoldering, completely remove all of the solder from the pins or solder area, and be sure to heat the soldering points with the lead free solder until it melts sufficiently. Recommendations Recommended lead free solder composition is Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu. A1-9 TABLE OF CONTENTS • OWNER'S MANUAL CAUTION ..................................................................................................................... IMPORTANT SERVICE SAFETY INFORMATION ..................................................... IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS ..................................................................................... WHEN REPLACING DVD DECK ................................................................................ DISC REMOVAL METHOD AT NO POWER SUPPLY ............................................... PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL ................................................................. TRAY LOCK ................................................................................................................ ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF) ......................................................................... TABLE OF CONTENTS .............................................................................................. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................... DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1.REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P.C. BOARDS ................................ 2.REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS ...................................................................... 3.REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT PACKAGE IC .................................. SERVICE MODE LIST ................................................................................................. CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED .......................................................................... SERVICING FIXTURES AND TOOLS ........................................................................ RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE ............................................................................. CONFIRMATION OF CHECK SUM ............................................................................ WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC ........................................................... ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS .................................................................................. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE .................................................................................... BLOCK DIAGRAMS DVD .......................................................................................................................... SCALER/LVDS/MICON/ADC/JACK/AV_SW/REGULATOR .................................... AV_SW/TUNER/JACK/STEREO/SOUND AMP ...................................................... POWER .................................................................................................................... INTERFACE ............................................................................................................. MICON2 ................................................................................................................... AC ADAPTER .......................................................................................................... PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS SCALER ................................................................................................................... AV/OPERATION1/REMOCON ................................................................................ DVD/OPERATION2 ................................................................................................. HD-MI/AC ADAPTER START SW/END SW ............................................................ SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AV SWITCH1 ........................................................................................................... TUNER/JACK ........................................................................................................... STEREO/SOUND .................................................................................................... POWER .................................................................................................................... OPERATION1/REMOCON ...................................................................................... MICON1 ................................................................................................................... SCALER ................................................................................................................... ADC .......................................................................................................................... LVDS ........................................................................................................................ JACK ........................................................................................................................ AV SWITCH2 ........................................................................................................... REGULATOR1 ......................................................................................................... MPEG/MICON/DSP ................................................................................................. MEMORY2 ............................................................................................................... RF AMP .................................................................................................................... AUDIO/VIDEO .......................................................................................................... MOTOR DRIVE ........................................................................................................ REGULATOR2 ......................................................................................................... OPERATION2 .......................................................................................................... INTERFACE ............................................................................................................. MICON2 ................................................................................................................... AC ADAPTER .......................................................................................................... START SE/END SW ................................................................................................ INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ................................................................................ WAVEFORMS ............................................................................................................. MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEWS ........................................................................... DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEWS ................................................................................. MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST .......................................................... DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ................................................................ ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ............................................................ A2-1 A1-1 A1-2 A1-3~A1-5 A1-6 A1-7 A1-7 A1-8 A1-9 A2-1 A3-1~A3-8 B1-1~B1-3 B2-1~B2-3 B3-1, B3-2 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-2 C-3 C-3~C-5 D-1~D-5 E-1~E-11 F-1, F-2 F-3, F-4 F-5, F-6 F-7, F-8 F-9, F-10 F-11, F-12 F-13, F-14 G-1, G-2 G-3~G-6 G-7, G-8 G-9, G-10 H-1, H-2 H-3, H-4 H-5, H-6 H-7, H-8 H-9, H-10 H-11, H-12 H-13, H-14 H-15, H-16 H-17, H-18 H-19, H-20 H-21, H-22 H-23, H-24 H-25, H-26 H-27, H-28 H-29, H-30 H-31, H-32 H-33, H-34 H-35, H-36 H-37, H-38 H-39, H-40 H-41, H-42 H-43, H-44 H-45, H-46 H-47, H-48 I-1~I-4 J1-1~J1-4 J2-1, J2-2 K1-1, K1-2 K2-1 K3-1~K3-24 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-1 TV System LCD LCD Size / Visual Size LCD Type Number of Pixels View Range Left/Right Up/Down Color System Speaker Sound Output G-2 DVD System Position Size Impedance Max 10%(Typical) Color System Disc Disc Diameter Drive Search speed Fwd Actual Rev Actual Slow speed Fwd Actual Rev Actual G-3 Tuning System Broadcasting System Tuner and Receive CH Intermediate Frequency G-4 Signal Preset CH Stereo/Dual TV Sound Tuner Sound Muting Video Signal RGB Signal Audio Signal G-5 Power Power Source Power Consumption Protector G-6 Regulation G-7 Temperature G-8 Operating Humidity System Destination CH Coverage Picture(FP) Sound(FS) FP-FS Input Level Output Level S/N Ratio (Weighted) Horizontal Resolution at DVD Mode Output Level Input Level Output Level at DVD at TV Digital Output Level S/N Ratio at DVD (Weighted) Harmonic Distortion Frequency Response : at DVD at Video CD at SVCD at CD AC DC at AC at DC Stand by (at AC) Energy Star Per Year Power Fuse Safety Circuit IC Protector(Micro Fuse) Safety Radiation Laser Operation Storage A3-1 20.04 inch / 508.9mmV Color TFT LCD 1366(H) x 768(V) 89/89 degree 89/89 degree NTSC 2 Speaker Front 1.8 x 3.9 inch 16 ohm 2.5W + 2.5W --NTSC DVD, CD-DA, CD-R/RW, Video CD DVD-R/RW (Video Format Only) 120 mm , 80 mm(with Disc Adapter) DSM-1 4 step 2-45 times (DVD, VIDEO CD) 4-40 times (CD) 4 step 2-45 times (DVD, VIDEO CD) 4-40 times (CD) 1/7 -1/2 times -1/7 -1/2 times -US System M 1Tuner US (W/CABLE) 2~69, 4A, A-5~A-1, A~I, J~W, W+1~W+84 45.75MHz 41.25MHz 4.50MHz No US-Stereo Yes 1 V p-p/75 ohm ------8.0dBm/50k ohm --0.5 V p-p/75 ohm ------120V, 60Hz -100W at 120V 60Hz -1W at 120V 60Hz Yes -- kWh/Year Yes Yes Yes UL FCC DHHS +5oC ~ +40oC -20oC ~ +60oC Less than 80% RH GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-9 On Screen Display Menu (TV) Menu Type Picture Mode(Picture preference) Brightness Contrast Color Tint Sharpness Cable Clear Color Temperature Reset Audio MTS Bass Treble Balance Stable Sound Speakers On/Off Dolby Virtual WOW SRS 3D WOW Focus WOW Tru Bass HDMI Reset Setup Language Clock Set TV/CABLE CH Program Add/ Erase Closed Caption Picture Size Picture Scroll Cinema Mode Aspect Back Lighting Option On Timer Favorite CH CH Label VIDEO Label Locks V-Chip Set CH Lock Video Lock Game Timer Panel Lock New Password PC Monitor Picture Menu Brightness Contrast Hor Position Ver Position Phase Clock Auto Adjust Red Green Blue WXGA INPUT Reset PC Monitor Audio Menu Bass Treble Balance Stable Sound WOW SRS 3D WOW Focus WOW Tru Bass Reset Yes Icon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes A3-2 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Control Level Volume Brightness Contrast Color Tint Sharpness Bass Treble Balance Picture Scroll Back Lighting H Position V Position Phase Clock Red Green Blue Stereo, SAP, Mono CH / AV(Line) / DVD / PC Color Stream HD (Component) HDMI Channel (TV/Cable) CH Label Video Label Clock Game Timer Panel Lock On Timer Sleep Timer Reset Sound Mute V-chip Rating NOT AVAILABLE Picture Size A3-3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-10 On Screen Display Menu (DVD) Menu Type Language Menu Subtitle Audio Picture TV Screen Size(4:3, 16:9) OSD Display On/Off JPEG Interval Select Files Sound DRC (Dynamic Range Control) dts Decode Output(5.1ch/ 2ch) Surround On/Off Center On/Off Sub Woofer On/Off Parental Password Lock/ Un Lock Rating Level Other OSD Language(Set up Language) Output(RGB/Composite) Eject No disc Reading Play Still/Pause Stop Prohibit Mark Step Skip(>>|) Skip(|<<) Random Repeat Slow+ SlowSearch+ SearchJump Resume Title No. Chapter No. Track No. Time Subtitle No. Angle No. Vocal On/Off Audio No. Audio L/R Zoom Marker No. Program Play Back Surround On/Off Screen Saver MP3/WMA/JPEG G-11 OSD Language G-12 Clock and Timer (TV) (DVD) Sleep Timer Folder Name File Name File No Time Track No Max Time Step Program On Timer Wake Up Timer Timer Back-up (at Power Off Mode) more than A3-4 Yes Character Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (CD, VIDEO CD, MP3, WMA, JPEG ) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (Video CD) Yes Yes Yes (CD, VIDEO CD, MP3, WMA, JPEG ) No No Yes Yes Yes Yes (MP3, WMA Only) Yes English, French, Spanish English, French, Spanish 120 Min 10 Min Yes No -Min Sec GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-13 Remote Control Unit Glow in Dark Remocon Remocon Format Format Custom Code Power Source Total Keys Keys Voltage(D.C) UM size x pcs Power EJECT SLEEP TV/DVD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 / JUMP DISPLAY SUBTITLE AUDIO SELECT INPUT / ZOOM MUTE CH + CH VOL + VOL PLAY MODE DVD MENU UP LEFT / FAV ENTER RIGHT / FAV + DOWN TV MENU/SETUP EXIT / CANCEL GAME PIC SIZE PAUSE PLAY STOP CH RTN /< SLOW ANGLE Marker SLOW > TOP MENU RETURN REPEAT A-B A3-5 RC-LT Yes TOSHIBA TOSHIBA 40-BF h ,44-BB h ,45-BA h ,45-BC h 3V UM-4 x 2 pcs 49 Keys Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-14 Features (TV) Features (DVD) Auto Shut Off Auto Search Comb Filter Yes No Game Position Power On Memory Variable Audio Out Mode (Picture Preference) Color Temparature Control Cable Clear SAP Stable Sound Virtual Dolby SRS WOW(SRS 3D/Focus/Tru Bass) CABLE CH Program (Auto CH Memory) Closed Caption Picture Size Picture Scroll Cinema Mode Aspect On Timer Sleep Timer Favorite CH CH Label VIDEO Label V-Chip Type CH Lock Video Lock Game Timer(Max Time:120Min) Panel Lock Direct Input Selection PC Monitor Input Available Scan Rates (Component/HDMI) Auto Setup(Language/CH Program) Freeze frame Tray Lock Video CD Playback SVCD Playback Overlay Graphics And Text Command List Entry Point Jump MP3 Playback JPEG WMA Digital Out (Dolby Digital) (MPEG) (PCM) (DTS) Down Mix Out (Dolby Digital) (DTS) Screen Saver Audio DAC A3-6 Yes 3 -D Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes USA Type Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 480i/480p/720p/1080i Yes No Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No 192kHz / 24bit GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-15 Accessories Owner's Manual Language w/Guarantee Card Remote Control Unit Rod Antenna Poles Terminal Loop Antenna Terminal U/V Mixer DC Car Cord (Center+) Guarantee Card Warning Sheet Circuit Diagram Antenna Change Plug Service Facility List Important Safeguard Dew/AHC Caution Sheet Quick Set-up Sheet Battery UM size x pcs OEM Brand G-16 Interface G-17 Set Size G-18 Weight AC Adapter AC Cord (for AC Adapter) AV Cord (2Pin-1Pin) Registration Card (NDL Card) 300ohm to 75ohm Antenna Adapter Sheet Information (Return) Sheet Information (HDMI) Screw for wall hanging Switch Top Power (Tact) Channel Up/Menu Up Channel Down/Menu Down Volume Up/Menu > Volume Down/Menu < Menu Play Eject Skip+, Search+ Skip-, SearchStill/Pause Stop Main Power SW Input Select Indicator Power Stand-by On Timer Terminals Rear Video Input 1 Audio Input 1 S - Input 1 Video Output Audio Output Component Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) HDMI Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) PC Monitor Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) Digital Audio Output DC Jack VHF/UHF Antenna Input AC Outlet Side Video Input 2 Audio Input 2 PC Monitor Input(w/ Analog Audio L/R) Other Terminal Approx. W x D x H (mm) w/o Handle, Stand Approx. W x D x H (mm) Net (Approx.) Net w/o Handle, Stand (Approx.) Gross (Approx.) A3-7 English / French Yes Yes No --No -No No No No No No No No No No Yes UM-4 x 2 pcs No Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes (Red) No No RCA x 1 RCA x 2(Stereo) Yes No No RCA x 5 HDMI x 1(RCA x 2) No Coaxial (DVD Only) Yes F Type No RCA x 1 RCA x 2(Stereo) Dsub15pin x 1(RCA x 2) Headphone 554 x 220 x 448 554 x 110 x 403 9.0kg (19.8 lbs) 7.5kg (16.5 lbs) 12.0kg (26.5 lbs) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G-19 Carton Master Carton Gift Box Content Material Dimensions W x D x H(mm) Description of Origin Material W/Color Photo Label W/Handle Dimensions W x D x H(mm) Description of Origin Drop Test G-20 Material G-21 Environment G-22 AC Power Adapter Height (cm) Container Stuffing (40' container) Cabinet Front Rear PCB Non-Halogen Demand Eyelet Demand Green PROCUREMENT of TOSHIBA Pb-Free Power Requirement Power Consumption DC Output Dimension Weight AC at AC Approx. Approx. W x D x H (mm) A3-8 No --- Sets --- / ------Double/ Full Color No No 654 x 338 x 565 No(Assembled In Thailand) 1 Corner / 3 Edges / 6 Surfaces 62 492 Sets PS 94V0 DECABROM PS 94V0 DECABROM No No Not accomplished Phase 3 (Phase 3A) Provided Accessories 120V 60Hz 100 W DC Jack : DC24V 3.4A 200 x 90 x 60 1.5kg (3.3 lbs) DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1-3: BACK CABINET (Refer to Fig. 1-3) 1. REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL PARTS AND P.C. BOARDS 1. Remove the 11 screws 1. 2. Remove the screw 2. 3. Remove the Back Cabinet in the direction of arrow. 1-1: HANDLE/BACK COVER ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 1-1) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the 4 screws 1. Remove the Handle in the direction of arrow (A). Unlock the 6 supports 2. Remove the Back Cover Ass'y in the direction of arrow (B). 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 Back Cover Ass'y 2 Handle 11 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 Back Cabinet 2 2 (B) (A) Fig. 1-1 Fig. 1-3 1-2: HINGE ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 1-2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the 4 screws 1. Remove the Stand in the direction of arrow (A). Remove the 8 screws 2. Remove the Stand Angle in the direction of arrow (B). Remove the 4 screws 3. Remove the Hinge Ass'y in the direction of arrow (C). 2 3 1 1 1 Stand (B) 1 (C) 1-4: HANDLE ANGLE (Refer to Fig. 1-4) 1. Remove the screw 1. 2. Remove the 2 screws 2. 3. Remove the Handle Angle in the direction of arrow. 1 2 3 2 3 2 22 Handle Angle Stand Angle Hinge Ass'y (A) Fig. 1-4 Fig. 1-2 B1-1 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1-5: DVD DECK (Refer to Fig. 1-5) 1. Make the short circuit on the position as shown Fig. 1-5 using a soldering. If you remove the DVD Deck with no soldering, the Laser may be damaged. 2. Disconnect the following connectors: (CP2301, CP2302 and CP2601). 3. Remove the 4 screws 1. 4. Remove the DVD Deck in the direction of arrow. 1 1 1 1 Shield FFC Shield DVD (A) DVD PCB 2 2 2 Make the short circuit using a soldering. 2 Angle PCB CP4303 CP3802 Pick Up PCB (B) 1 1 1 DVD Deck 1 Fig. 1-6 1-7: HD-MI PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-7) 1. Disconnect the following connector: (CP4301). 2. Remove the screw 1. 3. Remove the 2 screws 2. 4. Remove the Jack Plate in the direction of arrow (A). 5. Remove the 3 screws 3. 6. Remove the HD-MI PCB in the direction of arrow (B). CP2301 CP2302 CP2601 Fig. 1-5 NOTE 2 2 1. Use the Pb Free solder and the exclusive soldering iron. 2. Manual soldering conditions • Soldering temperature: 320 ± 20˚C • Soldering time: Within 3 seconds • Soldering combination: 45/55 Sn/Pb 3. When Soldering/Removing of solder, use the drawing equipment over the Pick Up Unit to prevent the Flux smoke from it. 4. When the installation of the DVD Deck, remove all the soldering on the short circuit position after the connection of Pick Up PCB and DVD PCB connector. 1 3 3 3 (A) Jack Plate CP4301 (B) HD-MI PCB 1-6: DVD PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-6) 1. Disconnect the following connectors: (CP3802 and CP4303). 2. Remove the 4 screws 1. 3. Remove the Shield DVD, DVD PCB and Shield FFC in the direction of arrow (A). 4. Remove the 4 screws 2. 5. Remove the Angle PCB in the direction of arrow (B). Fig. 1-7 1-8: SCALER PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-8) 1. Disconnect the following connectors: (CP801, CP802, CP2200 and CP3201). 2. Remove the 2 screws 1. 3. Remove the Side Jack Plate in the direction of arrow (A). 4. Remove the 4 screws 2. 5. Remove the Shield LCD in the direction of arrow (B). 6. Remove the Scaler PCB in the direction of arrow (C). B1-2 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 1 Shield LCD (A) 2 2 1 2 Remocon PCB 2 Side Jack Plate CP2200 CP801 (B) CP802 CP3201 Scaler PCB Fig. 1-10 (C) 1-11: LCD COVER/LCD PANEL/OPERATION 1/2 PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-11) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Fig. 1-8 1-9: AV PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-9) 1. Disconnect the following connectors: (CP301, CP3801 and CP5002). 2. Remove the screw 1. 3. Remove the 2 screws 2. 4. Remove the Jack Plate 1 and Jack Shield 1 in the direction of arrow (A). 5. Remove the 2 screws 3. 6. Remove the 2 screws 4. 7. Remove the Jack Plate 2 and Jack Shield 2 in the direction of arrow (B). 8. Remove the 5 screws 5. 9. Remove the AV PCB in the direction of arrow (C). 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove the 3 screws 1. Remove the 2 screws 2. Remove the 2 screws 3. Remove the Angle Hinge in the direction of arrow (A). Remove the screw 4. Remove the 8 screws 5. Remove the LCD Cover in the direction of arrow (B). Disconnect the following connector: (CP2251). Remove the 4 screws 6. Remove the Operation 1/2 PCB in the direction of arrow (C). Remove the 4 screws 7. Remove the LCD Panel in the direction of arrow (D). Angle Hinge 5 Jack Shield 2 4 5 2 3 (A) 3 4 21 CP301 5 5 (B) 5 AV PCB Operation 1 PCB (C) CP3801 5 7 6 6 Operation 2 PCB CP2251 6 Jack Plate 1 Jack Shield 1 CP5002 5 5 (C) 2 6 5 5 4 (A) 5 3 5 3 1 1 1 5 7 7 Jack Plate 2 2 7 LCD Cover (D) Front Cabinet Fig. 1-9 (B) LCD Panel 1-10: REMOCON PCB (Refer to Fig. 1-10) 1. Remove the 2 screws 1. 2. Remove the Remocon PCB in the direction of arrow. Fig. 1-11 B1-3 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 2-2: TRAVERSE UNIT ROD/TRAVERSE UNIT HOLDER/ CD DECK/INSULATOR (Refer to Fig. 2-2) 2. REMOVAL OF DVD DECK PARTS 2-1: LOADING MOTOR ASS'Y/START SW PCB ASS'Y/ END SW PCB ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-1-A) Remove the screw 1. Remove the Traverse Unit Rod. Remove the 2 screws 3. Unlock the 2 supports 4 and remove the CD Deck Block. Remove the 2 screws 5. Unlock the 2 supports 6 and remove the Traverse Unit Holder. 7. Remove the 4 Insulators. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the 3 screws 1. Remove the Loading Motor Ass'y. Remove the 2 screws 2. Remove the Motor and Loading Worm. Disconnect the following connector: (CP2). Remove the screw 3. Unlock the 2 supports 4 and remove the Start SW PCB Ass'y. 8. Unlock the 2 supports 5 and remove the End SW PCB Ass'y. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2 Traverse Unit Holder Insulator 5 Motor 2 5 1 1 1 Insulator Insulator Loading Motor Bracket Loading Worm 2 4 2 3 CD Deck Insulator Start SW PCB Ass'y 4 1 End SW PCB Ass'y 4 4 Traverse Unit Rod 3 55 • Screw Torque: 1 ± 0.2kgf•cm 3 Fig. 2-1-A NOTE • Screw Torque: 3 ± 0.5kgf•cm 1. In case of the Loading Worm installation, check if the value of the Fig. 2-1-B is correct. 2. When installing the wire, install it correctly as Fig. 2-1-B. Fig. 2-2 2-3: MOUTH ASS'Y (Refer to Fig. 2-3) 1. Remove the 2 screws 1. 2. Remove the Mouth Ass'y. Loading Worm 29.7 ± 0.1mm 1 Motor Mouth Ass'y Safety surface for pressing of the insert. Fig. 2-1-B 1 Start SW PCB Ass'y Red End SW PCB Ass'y Black Motor Black Red • Screw Torque: 0.8 ± 0.2kgf•cm Fig. 2-1-C B2-1 Fig. 2-3 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 2-4: DISC L LEVER/DISC STOPPER/LOCKER STOPPER/ ROLLER GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-4-A) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2-6: LINK R ASS'Y/LINK L/LINK MID/LINK SPRING (Refer to Fig. 2-6) Remove the screw 1. Remove the Disc L Lever and Disc L Lever Spring. Remove the Stopper Spring. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Locker Stopper. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Disc Stopper. Remove the Upper Roller, Roller Rubber and Roller Gear. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screw 1. Remove the Link Spring. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Link L. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Link Mid. Remove the screw 4. Unlock the 4 supports 5 and remove the Link R Ass'y. 1 Link Spring 4 Disc L Lever Spring 1 Stopper Spring Disc L Lever 2 Link R Ass'y Disc Stopper Link L Link Mid Locker Stopper Upper Roller Roller Rubber 2 Roller Gear 5 5 5 5 3 3 • Screw Torque: 0.7 ± 0.1kgf•cm (Screw 1) • Screw Torque: 1.5 ± 0.2kgf•cm (Screw 4) • Screw Torque: 1.1 ± 0.2kgf•cm Fig. 2-6 Fig. 2-4-A 2-7: ARM ROLLER ASS'Y/MID ROLLER 1/2 GEAR/ TERMINAL GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-7) NOTE 1. In case of the Upper Roller installation, install correctly as Fig. 2-4-B. [OK] 1. 2. 3. 4. [NG] Upper Roller Upper Roller Remove the screw 1. Remove the Arm Roller Ass'y. Remove the Terminal Gear and Mid Roller Gear 1. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Mid Roller Gear 2. 1 Arm Roller Ass'y Terminal Gear Mid Roller Gear 1 Roller Gear Roller Gear Fig. 2-4-B Mid Roller Gear 2 2-5: RACK LOADING/RACK GEAR/GUIDE ARM SPRING/MID RACK GEAR (Refer to Fig. 2-5) 2 1. Remove the Guide Arm Spring. 2. Unlock the 3 supports 1 and remove the Rack Loading. 3. Remove the Rack Gear and Mid Rack Gear. • Screw Torque: 1.5 ± 0.2kgf•cm Rack Loading Guide Arm Spring Rack Gear Mid Rack Gear 1 1 1 Fig. 2-5 B2-2 Fig. 2-7 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 2-8: CLAMPER ASS'Y/DISC GUIDE ARM/DISC R LEVER (Refer to Fig. 2-8-A) 1. Unlock the support 1 and remove the Clamper Ass'y. 2. Unlock the support 2 and remove the Disc Guide Arm. 3. Unlock the support 3 and remove the Disc R Lever. Clamper Ass'y Disc R Lever Disc Guide Arm 2 3 1 Fig. 2-8-A NOTE 1. When installing the Clamper Ass'y, check if the Clamper Ass'y is locked correctly as Fig. 2-8-B. Fig. 2-8-B B2-3 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 3. When IC starts moving back and forth easily after desoldering completely, pickup the corner of the IC using a tweezers and remove the IC by moving with the IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 3-3.) 3. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF FLAT PACKAGE IC REMOVAL 1. Put the Masking Tape (cotton tape) around the Flat Package IC to protect other parts from any damage. (Refer to Fig. 3-1.) NOTE Some ICs on the PCB are affixed with glue, so be careful not to break or damage the foil of each IC leads or solder lands under the IC when removing it. NOTE Masking is carried out on all the parts located within 10 mm distance from IC leads. Blower type IC desoldering machine IC Masking Tape (Cotton Tape) Tweezers Fig. 3-1 2. Heat the IC leads using a blower type IC desoldering machine. (Refer to Fig. 3-2.) IC Fig. 3-3 NOTE Do not add the rotating and the back and forth directions force on the IC, until IC can move back and forth easily after desoldering the IC leads completely. 4. Peel off the Masking Tape. 5. Absorb the solder left on the pattern using the Braided Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 3-4.) NOTE Do not move the Braided Shield Wire in the vertical direction towards the IC pattern. Blower type IC desoldering machine Braided Shield Wire Soldering Iron IC Fig. 3-2 IC pattern Fig. 3-4 B3-1 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 4. When bridge-soldering between terminals and/or the soldering amount are not enough, resolder using a Thintip Soldering Iron. (Refer to Fig. 3-8.) INSTALLATION 1. Take care of the polarity of new IC and then install the new IC fitting on the printed circuit pattern. Then solder each lead on the diagonal positions of IC temporarily. (Refer to Fig. 3-5.) IC Thin-tip Soldering Iron Soldering Iron Fig. 3-8 Solder temporarily 5. Finally, confirm the soldering status on four sides of the IC using a magnifying glass. Confirm that no abnormality is found on the soldering position and installation position of the parts around the IC. If some abnormality is found, correct by resoldering. Solder temporarily Fig. 3-5 NOTE When the IC leads are bent during soldering and/or repairing, do not repair the bending of leads. If the bending of leads are repaired, the pattern may be damaged. So, be always sure to replace the IC in this case. 2. Supply the solder from the upper position of IC leads sliding to the lower position of the IC leads. (Refer to Fig. 3-6.) Soldering Iron Solder IC Supply soldering from upper position to lower position Fig. 3-6 3. Absorb the solder left on the lead using the Braided Shield Wire. (Refer to Fig. 3-7.) NOTE Do not absorb the solder to excess. Soldering Iron IC Braided Shield Wire Fig. 3-7 B3-2 SERVICE MODE LIST This unit provided with the following SERVICE MODES so you can repair, examine and adjust easily. To enter to the SERVICE MODE function, press and hold both buttons simultaneously on the main unit and on the remote control for more than a the standard time in the appropriate condition. (See below chart.) Set Condition Set Key Remocon Key Standard Time TV mode VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 0 2 sec. Releasing of V-CHIP PASSWORD. TV mode VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 1 2 sec. Initialization of factory TV data. NOTE: If you set factory initialization, the memories are reset such as the channel setting, and the POWER ON total hours. DVD mode (No disc) VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 4 2 sec. Initialization of factory DVD data. NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD mode. DVD mode (No disc) VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 2 sec. DVD Write mode. Refer to the “RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE”. NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD mode. 5 Operations POWER ON total hours are displayed on the screen. Refer to the "CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED" . TV mode VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 6 2 sec. TV mode VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 8 2 sec. Check of the SUM DATA and MICON VERSION on the screen. Refer to the "CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED". ALL mode VOL. DOWN (Minimum) 9 2 sec. Display of the Adjustment MENU on the screen. Refer to the "ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT" (On-Screen Display Adjustment). DVD mode (No disc) STOP 1 2 sec. Can be checked of the INITIAL DATA of MEMORY IC. Refer to the "WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC". Region setting. DRefer to the “RE-WRITE V D FOR DVD FIRMWARE”. DVD mode (No disc) STOP 7 2 sec. Releasing of PARENTAL LOCK. Refer to the “PARENTAL CONTROL - RATING LEVEL”. NOTE: The function will only work without the setting of DVD disc at DVD mode. DVD mode (STOP) STOP 9 2 sec. The disk cannot be taken out. Refer to the “TRAY LOCK”. NOTE: No indications on the screen when the Tray Lock is setting. CONFIRMATION OF HOURS USED POWER ON total hours can be checked on the screen. Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation. NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to "0". ADDRESS 1. Turn on the POWER, and set to the TV mode. 2. Set the VOLUME to minimum. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel 3. button (6) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. 4. After the confirmation of using hours, turn off the power. INIT 000 DATA FF LCD ON 0000 OEC7133A_060 MICON Version FIG. 1 C-1 Initial setting content of MEMORY IC. POWER ON total hours. = (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value) + (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value) + (16 x tens digit value) + (ones digit value) SERVICING FIXTURES AND TOOLS JG176 Up-Date Disc Ref. No. Part No. JG176 APJG176076 Remarks Parts Name Up-Date Disc Up-Date of the Firmware RE-WRITE FOR DVD FIRMWARE 1. Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode. 2. Confirm that the “No Disc” will be appeared on the screen. 3. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (5) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. 4. Press VOL. UP/DOWN button on the unit to check if all the keys on the unit do not function. NOTE: To check if DVD Write mode is set. When inserting Up-Date Disc at Non DVD Write mode, the read error will happen. 5. Insert the Up-Date Disc. (Refer to SERVICING FIXTURE AND TOOLS) 6. Automatic read will start and "Firmware upgrade Please Wait" will be displayed on the screen. At this time, the horizontal noise lines may appear. But no problem. NOTE: Do not turn off the unit on the way or operate the keys on the unit and remocon. Up-Date error will happen and can not be done with the Up-Date of Up-Date Disc. 7. After the Up-Date, Logo screen will appear. 8. Unplug the AC cord, then plug it in. After the write, set to the initializing of shipping. 9. Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode. 10. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (4) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. The "INITIALIZE 5 ---> COMPLETE" will appear on the screen. 11. Then unplug the AC cord, and plug it in. CHECK FOR THE FIRMWARE VERSION 12. Turn on the power, and set the DVD mode. 13. Press both Channel button (1) on the remote control and the STOP button on the set for more than 2 seconds. Firmware version will be displayed on the top left of the screen. No Disc JJC5425A J J C 5 4 2 5 A Fixed Released times on the same date Release date (Example: 2005.4.25) When the changed version displays, the Re-write will be completed. 14. Turn off the power C-2 A = October B = November C = December CONFIRMATION OF CHECK SUM Initial total of MEMORY IC can be checked on the screen. Total hours are displayed in 16 system of notation. NOTE: If you set a factory initialization, the total hours is reset to "0". 1. Turn on the POWER, and set to the TV mode. 2. Set the VOLUME to minimum. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel 3. button (8) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. 4. After the confirmation of each check sum, turn off the power. INIT : 6EF4 Initialsetting data check sum. ROM : 0000 Rom correction data check sum. VOLUME: 189E AUDIO External terminal Volune. ADC : A05B AD CONVERTER data check sum. DVP : C457 SCALER data check sum. LCD ON 0000 OEC7133A_060 MICON Version FIG. 1 POWER ON total hours. = (16 x 16 x 16 x thousands digit value) + (16 x 16 x hundreds digit value) + (16 x tens digit value) + (ones digit value) WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC If a service repair is undertaken where it has been required to change the MEMORY IC, the following steps should be taken to ensure correct data settings while making reference to TABLE 1. 1. Turn on the POWER, and set to the TV mode. 2. Set the VOLUME to minimum. 3. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (6) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. ADDRESS and DATA should appear as FIG 1. ADDRESS INIT 000 DATA FF LCD ON 0010 OEC7133A_060 FIG. 1 4. ADDRESS is now selected and should "blink". Using the UP/DOWN buton on the remote, step through the ADDRESS until Press RIGHT/LEFT button to select DATA. When DATA is selected, it will "blink". 5. Again, step through the DATA using UP/DOWN button until required DATA value has been selected. 6. Pressing RIGHT/LEFT button will take you back to ADDRESS for further selection if necessary. 7. Repeat steps 3 to 6 until all data has been checked. 8. When satisfied correct DATA has been entered, turn POWER off (return to STANDBY MODE) to finish DATA input. After the data input, set to the initializing of shipping. 9. Turn POWER on. 10. Press both VOL. DOWN button on the set and Channel button (1) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. 11. After the finishing of the initializing of shipping, the unit will turn off automatically. The unit will now have the correct DATA for the new MEMORY IC. C-3 WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC INIT +0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +A +B +C +D +E 0F 000 FF 3F 01 99 EF 08 23 F9 01 30 80 55 B3 36 03 60 010 05 12 1F 24 40 45 5D 62 45 4A 19 00 13 57 00 00 020 40 08 3E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 030 72 99 59 68 99 59 59 99 59 40 20 88 0D 45 80 40 040 46 63 68 49 53 65 6A 30 00 5C 62 00 00 00 00 00 050 00 00 00 D0 73 14 1C 35 30 16 00 00 00 00 00 FC 060 FC FA F8 F6 15 F5 08 0D 07 42 73 00 00 00 06 F4 070 02 12 22 00 0D F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 26 03 26 03 1E 0F 080 1E 0F 04 18 91 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 090 00 00 3C 20 3C 20 3C 20 3C 20 00 23 27 2B 2F 32 0A0 36 3A 3E 42 46 4A 4B 4D 4F 51 53 55 57 59 5B 5D 0B0 5F 61 63 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 71 71 0C0 72 72 72 73 73 73 74 74 74 75 75 75 76 75 76 76 0D0 76 76 77 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 79 42 00 00 00 EF 0E0 06 04 0B 01 00 01 07 3C 4F 02 0A 14 3F 49 00 00 0F0 00 00 00 00 00 50 19 32 19 00 19 44 43 40 40 40 100 10 92 FF FF 10 30 B0 D0 F0 7B 30 57 7A 15 82 D9 110 4D 8C 28 70 20 60 10 80 20 A0 00 2C 0D 00 88 0F 120 84 10 C0 E0 12 19 00 F0 0F 00 7F 12 18 EB 83 7F 130 F9 5E CA 52 18 F7 4C 33 4C 29 73 74 74 74 75 75 140 23 27 2B 2F 32 36 3A 3E 42 46 4A 4B 4D 4F 51 53 150 55 57 59 5B 5D 5F 61 63 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 160 6E 6F 70 71 71 72 72 72 73 73 73 74 74 74 75 75 170 75 76 75 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 79 600 31 F0 28 1F 08 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E 80 610 20 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 620 38 30 20 10 10 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E B8 630 28 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 640 41 F0 60 A0 08 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E 80 650 20 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 660 53 F0 70 A5 08 08 20 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E 80 670 20 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 680 67 F0 A0 C0 10 08 60 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E B8 690 28 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Table 1-1 C-4 WHEN REPLACING EEPROM (MEMORY) IC INIT +0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +A +B +C +D +E 0F 6A0 67 F0 A0 1B 10 08 60 80 80 80 7F 7F 7F 66 6E B8 6B0 28 04 04 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6C0 6C 90 18 F0 07 14 44 80 80 80 7B 50 7A 6B 66 B5 6D0 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 6E0 35 90 18 70 07 14 35 80 80 80 80 80 80 6B 66 B5 6F0 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 700 67 10 A8 85 2B 05 B0 80 80 80 7F 80 80 6B 66 B5 710 20 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 720 89 80 A8 48 2B 03 94 80 80 80 7E 80 7F 6B 66 B5 730 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 740 6C 90 18 F0 07 14 44 80 80 80 7B 50 7A 6B 66 B5 750 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 760 35 90 18 70 07 14 44 80 80 80 80 80 81 6B 66 B5 770 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 780 67 10 A8 85 2B 14 B0 80 80 80 81 80 81 6B 66 B5 790 20 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7A0 89 80 A8 48 2B 66 94 80 80 80 80 80 7E 6B 66 B5 7B0 30 0B 0F 02 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 7C0 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 7D0 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 7E0 E7 02 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 7F0 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF Table 1-2 C-5 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS 1. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE NO. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Read and perform these adjustments when repairing the circuits or replacing electrical parts or PCB assemblies. CAUTION • Use an isolation transformer when performing any service on this chassis. • Before removing the anode cap, discharge electricity because it contains high voltage. • When removing a PCB or related component, after unfastening or changing a wire, be sure to put the wire back in its original position. • When you exchange IC and Transistor with a heat sink, apply silicon grease on the contact section of the heat sink. Before applying new silicon grease, remove all the old silicon grease. (Old grease may cause damages to the IC and Transistor). Prepare the following measurement tools for electrical adjustments. 1. Patterm Generator FUNCTION H POSI OSD V POSI OSD R DRIVE(N) R CUT OFF(N) G DRIVE(N) G CUT OFF(N) B DRIVE(N) B CUT OFF(N) R DRIVE(C) R CUT OFF(C) G DRIVE(C) G CUT OFF(C) B DRIVE(C) B CUT OFF(C) R DRIVE(W) R CUT OFF(W) G DRIVE(W) G CUT OFF(W) B DRIVE(W) B CUT OFF(W) H POSI V POSI NO. 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 FUNCTION BAK LIGHT CENT BAK LIGHT MAX BAK LIGHT MIN BRIGHT CENT BRIGHT MAX BRIGHT MIN TINT SHARP CENTER SHARP MAX SHARP MIN CONTRAST CENTER(N) CONTRAST MAX(N) CONTRAST MIN(N) COLOR CENT COLOR MAX COLOR MIN CONTRAST CENTER(C) CONTRAST MAX(C) CONTRAST MIN(C) CONTRAST CENTER(W) CONTRAST MAX(W) CONTRAST MIN(W) Fig. 1-2 On-Screen Display Adjustment 2. BASIC ADJUSTMENTS 1. Set the VOLUME to minimum. 2. Press the VOL. DOWN button on the set and the channel button (9) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds to display adjustment mode on the screen as shown in Fig. 1-1. 2-1: CONSTANT MAX 1. Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (40) on the remote control to select "CONTRAST MAX(C)". 2. Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the contrast step No. becomes "135" 3. Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal. 4. Press the INPUT button on the remote control to set to the AV mode. Then perform the above adjustments 1~3. 5. Press the INPUT button on the remote control to set to the CS mode. 6. Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (40) on the remote control to select "CONTRAST MAX(C)". 7. Press the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control until the contrast step No. becomes "125" 8. Receive a broadcast and check if the picture is normal. 9. Press the INPUT button on the remote control to set to the HD-MI mode. Then perform the above adjustments 6~8. TV FILL Function 01 H POSI 340 Step No. Fig. 1-1 3. Use the Channel UP/DOWN button or Channel button (0-9) on the remote control to select the options shown in Fig. 1-2. 4. Press the MENU button on the remote control to end the adjustments. 5. To display the adjustment screen for TV, AV, CS, HDMI and PC mode, press the INPUT button on the remote control. Press the VOL.DOWN button on the set and the channel (9) on the remote control for more than 2 seconds. D-1 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS 2-2: WHITE BALANCE 1. Place the set in Aging Test for more than 15 minutes. 2. Receive the gray scale pattern from the Pattern Generator. 3. Using the remote control, set the brightness and contrast to normal position. 4. Activate the adjustment mode display of Fig. 1-1 and press the channel button (03) on the remote control to select "R DRIVE(N)". 5. Press the CH. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to select the "R CUT OFF(N)", "G DRIVE(N)", "G CUT OFF(N)", "R DRIVE(C)", "R CUT OFF(C)", "G DRIVE(C)", "G CUT OFF(C)", "R DRIVE(W)", "R CUT OFF(W)", "G DRIVE(W)" or "G CUT OFF(W)". 6. Adjust the VOL. UP/DOWN button on the remote control to whiten the R CUT OFF(N), G DRIVE(N), G CUT OFF(N), R DRIVE(C), R CUT OFF(C)", G DRIVE(C), G CUT OFF(C), R DRIVE(W), R CUT OFF(W) G DRIVE(W) and G CUT OFF(W), B DRIVE(W) and B CUT OFF(W) at each step tone sections equally. 7. Perform the above adjustments 5 and 6 until the white achieved. D-2 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS 2-3: Confirmation of Fixed Value (Step No.) Please check if the fixed values of each the adjustment items are set correctly referring below. TV AV GAME CS DVD HD-MI PC XGA WXGA WXGA44.7 01 H POSI OSD 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 02 V POSI OSD 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 03 R DRIVE (N) 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 120 120 120 120 120 120 04 R CUTOFF (N) 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 107 05 G DRIVE (N) 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 120 120 120 120 120 120 06 G CUTOFF (N) 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 120 120 120 120 120 120 322 NO. FUNCTION 480i 480p 720p 1080i 480i 480p 720p 1080i VGA VGA70 SVGA 07 B DRIVE (N) 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 08 B CUTOFF (N) 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 09 R DRIVE (C) 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 10 R CUTOFF (C) 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 11 G DRIVE (C) 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 12 G CUTOFF (C) 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 13 B DRIVE (C) 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 14 B CUTOFF (C) 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 15 R DRIVE (W) 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 16 R CUTOFF (W) 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 17 G DRIVE (W) 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 18 G CUTOFF (W) 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 19 B DRIVE (W) 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 20 B CUTOFF (W) 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 21 H POSI 300 300 300 300 300 146 338 295 294 144 294 245 143 159 215 291 313 22 V POSI 41 41 41 41 41 29 33 34 41 29 28 29 50 20 31 32 24 23 23 BAK LIGHT CENT 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 24 BAK LIGHT MAX 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 25 BAK LIGHT MIN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 BRIGHT CENT 124 124 125 110 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 118 118 118 118 118 118 27 BRIGHT MAX 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 28 BRIGHT MIN 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 29 TINT 110 110 110 110 110 122 122 122 110 122 122 122 30 SHARP CENTER 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 128 128 128 128 128 128 31 SHARP MAX 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 32 SHARP MIN 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 33 CONT CENTER (N) 95 80 80 90 90 85 85 85 95 85 85 85 128 128 128 128 128 128 34 CONT MAX (N) 120 120 120 105 105 105 105 105 150 105 105 105 150 150 150 150 150 150 35 CONT MIN (N) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 36 COLOR CENT 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 37 COLOR MAX 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 38 COLOR MIN 00 00 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 39 CONT CENTER (C) 100 95 95 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 40 CONT MAX (C) 135 135 135 125 125 120 120 120 125 120 120 120 41 CONT MIN (C) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 42 CONT CENTER (W) 70 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 43 CONT MAX (W) 44 CONT MIN (W) 100 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 90 50 90 50 90 50 90 50 90 50 90 50 90 50 90 50 D-3 D-4 ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS 3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE (WIRING CONNECTION) LCD PANEL OPERATION2 PCB OPERATION1 PCB CP2251 CD2200 CD2251 DVD PCB CD2301 CP2301 CD2302 CP2302 CD2601 CP2601 CD501 CD701 SCALER PCB CD7202 J4301 CP7203 J4303 DVD DECK J4302 J4306 J4305 CP5001 CD3601 CP3601 J5001 CP301 J4409 J4408 J4405 J4406 J4407 J4404 J4402 J4403 J3802 J4401 CP5002 OS2202 TU4401 CD2202 SPEAKER D-5 J3601 CD3804 CP3802 CP4401 CP3801 CP3604 REMOCON PCB J3602 AV PCB CP4301 CD801 CD802 CD3801 CP103 CP2200 CP4302 CP802 CP801 CP102 CP101 CP3201 J4304 CP4303 HD-MI PCB TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (LCD SECTION) POWER DOES NOT TURN ON IS F3801 BROKEN ? YES CHANGE F3801. NO IS THERE VOLTAGE OF 2 PIN OF IC3803 AT13.1V AND 4 PIN AT5V ? NO CHECK IC3803, AND AT 5V LINE. YES IS CD2200 CONNECTED ? NO CONNECT CD2200 YES IS THERE VOLTAGE AT PINS 1~6, 10 AND 11 OF CD3804 ? CHECK Q3804, IC3804, IC3805, IC3806 AND IC3809. NO YES AT STATE OF POWER YES KEY PUSHING, IS THERE LOW AT PIN 93 OF IC101 ? CHECK IC101. NO CHANGE SCALER PCB. E-1 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE THE PICTURE APPEARS, BUT THE AUDIO DOES NOT APPEAR. (AT RF MODE) IS CD301 CONNECTED ? NO CONNECT CD301. YES IS THERE SIGNAL ON PINS 1 AND 4 OF CP301 ? YES CHAGE SP301 AND SP302. NO IS THERE SIGNAL ON PIN 11 OF IC301 AND IC302 ? YES CHECK IC301, IC302 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. YES CHECK IC6601 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. NO IS THERE SIGNAL ON PIN 67 OF IC6601 ? NO IS THERE SIGNAL ON PIN 14 OF TU4401 ? YES CHECK IC6601 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. NO CHANGE TU4401. E-2 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE THE PICTURE DOES NOT APPEAR (1). DOSE BACK LIGHT SHINE ? CHECK THE CONNECTED OF CP3801 AND THE VOLTAGE OF PINS 1~5. NO YES IS CD7203 CONNECTED ? NO CONNECT CD7201. YES IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 13, 14, 16, 17 19, 20, 22, 23, 25 AND 26 OF CD7203 ? YES CHANGE V2301. NO IS THERE SIGNAL AT IC7201 ? YES CHANGE IC7201. NO CHECK IC801. E-3 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE THE PICTURE DOES NOT APPEAR (2). IS THERE SIGNAL AT PIN 7 OF IC5001 ? NO CHANGE IC5001. YES IS CP5001 CONNECTED AND IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 1, 3 AND 5 ? NO CONNECT CP5001. YES IS THERE SIGNAL AT C832, C859 AND C883 ? YES CHANGE IC801 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. NO CHECK C832, C859 AND C883 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. E-4 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE THE COLOR DOES NOT APPEAR. IS SETTING OF COLOR NORMAL ? NO CHANGE THE SETTING OF COLOR. YES IS THE COLOR SIGNAL RECEIVED ? NO RECEIVE THE COLOR SIGNAL. YES IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 3, 5 AND 6 OF IC8101 ? NO CHECK IC8101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRUCUIT. NO CHECK IC2101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRUCUIT. NO CHECK IC801 AND PERIPHERAL CIRUCUIT. YES IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 2~9, 12~19 AND 70~77 OF IC2101 ? YES IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 106, 113~116, 119~123, 127~135, 139 AND 143 OF IC801 ? YES CHANGE SCALER PCB. E-5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE ON SCREEN DISPLAY DOES NOT APPEAR. IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 2, 3, 4 AND 5 OF IC101 ? NO CHECK IC101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. YES IS THERE SIGNAL AT PINS 57, 58, 59 AND 60 OF IC801 ? NO CHECK NR801AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. YES CHECK IC801 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. E-6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE (DVD SECTION) DOES NOT DISPLAY DVD PICTURE DOES THIS DISPLAY YES REFER TO "NO PLAY DISC". LOGO PICTURE ? NO DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 158, 161 AND CHECK PINS 8, 6 AND 4 OF CD701 AND PERIPHERAL YES 162 OF IC4001 ? CIRCUIT. NO DOES IC4001 AND IC2601 YES GETS P.CON+3.3V AND P.CON+1.8V ? CHANGE IC4001. NO CHECK P.CON+3.3V AND P.CON+1.8V LINE. E-7 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE DISC DOES NOT EJECT. DOES OSD APPEAR ON THE SCREEN ? NO IS REMOTE KEY SET EFFECTIVELY ? NO CHECK PINS 19, 29 AND 30 OF IC101 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. YES YES CHECK PINS 155 AND 156 OF IC4001 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. DOES THIS EJECT DISC AT CHANGE DVD DECK ? YES NO DOES THIS HAVE NO SIGNAL AT PINS 1 AND 3 OF CP2301 ? CHECK IC2301 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. YES CHANGE DVD DECK. DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 2, 4, 6, 7, 8 AND 9 OF CP2301 ? YES CHANGE IC4001. E-8 NO CHANGE IC2301. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE DOSE NOT PLAY DVD. CHANGE DVD DECK. NO DOES THIS DISPLAY "INCORRECT DISC". YES DOES CD2601 YES CONNECT WITH CP2601 CORRECTLY ? NO NO CONNECT CD2601. DOES THIS DISPLAY NO CHANGE IC4001. READING MARK ? YES NO DOES DISC ROTATE ? CHANGE DVD DECK. YES CHANGE IC2601. E-9 IS THEVOLTAGE BETWEEN TP39 AND TP43 LESS THAN 0.6V ? YES TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE DOES NOT PLAY CD. CHANGE DVD DECK. NO DOES THIS DISPLAY "INCORRECT DISC". YES DOES CD2601 YES CONNECT WITH CP2601 CORRECTLY ? NO NO CONNECT CD2601. DOES THIS DISPLAY NO CHANGE IC4001. READING MARK ? YES NO DOES DISC ROTATE ? CHANGE DVD DECK. YES CHANGE IC2601. E-10 IS THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN TP39 AND TP41 LESS THAN 0.6V ? YES TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE NO SOUND DVD/CD ANALOG AUDIO. DOES THIS HAVE YES REFER TO "LCD SECTION". SIGNAL AT PINS 1 AND 2 OF CD701 ? NO DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 7 AND CHECK PINS 7 AND 8 OF YES IC8502 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. 8 OF IC8502 ? NO DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PINS 113, 115, 116 YES CHANGE IC8502. AND 118 OF IC4001 ? NO CHANGE IC4001. NO SOUND DVD/CD DIGITAL AUDIO. DOES THIS HAVE YES CHECK J5001 AND SIGNAL AT PIN 10 OF CD701 ? PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. NO DOES THIS HAVE SIGNAL AT PIN 110 YES CHECK IC4001 AND PERIPHERAL CIRCUIT. OF IC4001 ? NO CHANGE IC4001. E-11 MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW 215 215 215 136 148 138 215 148 202 202 202 144 202 142 211 102D 202 143 141 211 202 203 102F 202 202 102B 202 102A 213 145 102F 202 102 102E 140 102C 202 119 203 135 204 101H 101K 203 101I101J 101I 101O 204 101M PCBDA0 (REMOCON PCB ASS'Y) 101B 204 101N 204 101E 101O 204 101I 101F 101L 204 101J 101I A 101N 101G 101C 101A 101 101D J1-1 203 MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW 105 212 134 147 208 203 203 212 212 132 116 137 106 115 130 131 203 208 203 106 208 203 208 208 212 110 147 208 147 203 206 111 139 109 PCB130 (DVD PCB ASS'Y) 146 208 147 212 103 104 212 212 212 212 212 123 212 130 212 212 127 130 212 PCBDJ0 (HD-MI PCB ASS'Y) 114 134 PCBDS0 (SCALER PCB ASS'Y) 208 122 212 212 107 125 213 130 212 214 209 212 212 108 118 212 126 214 212 210 212 124 212 134 212 134 129 201 207 212 201 201 207 201 203 201 112 212 120 201 201 132 128 201 212 128 212 129 121 A 207 212 PCB280 (OPERATION2 PCB ASS'Y) V2301 113 133 212 212 128 212 212 119 129 133 J1-2 207 117 212 135 PCBD20 (AV PCB ASS'Y) 212 132 128 205 212 135 201 208 201 PCB270 (OPERATION 1 PCB ASS'Y) 130 212 MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW (AC ADAPTER) 800 803 PCBC00 (AC ADAPTER PCB ASS'Y) 801 802 804 901 901 805 901 901 J1-3 MECHANICAL EXPLODED VIEW (PACKING DIAGRAM) CD505 TM101 AC ADAPTER 153 156, 157, 158, 159 151 151 149 154 150 152 150 J1-4 DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW (TOP VIEW) 600 625 620 616 AA 603 AA 622 605 704 613 612 623 AA 619 621 611 AA 703 604 703 617 CLASS GREASE MARK AA NOTE: Applying positions AA for the grease are displayed for this section. Check if the correct grease is applied for each position. J2-1 DVD DECK EXPLODED VIEW (BOTTOM VIEW) 600 628 701 630 701 DK1 630 630 701 624 630 704 703 615 602 614 AA 701 PCB580 (START SW PCB ASS'Y) 702 CD2 CP2 AA 629 701 AA 631 702 SW3 702 618 AA PCB590 (END SW PCB ASS'Y) M2301 AA 627 SW4 AA AA 610 AA 626 AA 705 607 AA 606 AA 608 704 601 609 CLASS GREASE MARK AA NOTE: Applying positions AA for the grease are displayed for this section. Check if the correct grease is applied for each position. J2-2 MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description 101 101A 101B 101C 101D 101E 101F 101G 101H 101I 101J 101K 101L 101M 101N 101O AE007688 AE007689 AE007690 AE007691 AE007692 AE007693 AE007694 AE007695 AE007696 AE007697 AE007698 AE007699 AE007700 AE007701 AE005451 AE007702 7A7010137A 701WPJ1369 702WPB0077 711WPA0242 711WPC0018 713WPA0375 7235490068 7290000158 735WPE0048 735WPE0049 735WPE0050 738WPA0172 738WPA0173 752WSA0516 800WQ0A049 800WQ00094 FRONT CABI ASS'Y CABINET,FRONT COVER,HINGE PLATE,FRONT PLATE,TOP ASS'Y GLASS,LED BADGE,BRAND DOUBLE,FACE-TAPE BUTTON,CAP-1 BUTTON,CAP-2 BUTTON,CAP-3 BUTTON,FRAME-TV BUTTON,FRAME-DVD SHIELD,BUTTON FELT SHEET FELT SHEET 102 102A 102B 102C 102D 102E 102F AE007703 AE007704 AE007705 AE007706 AE005455 AE003069 AE007707 7A7020052A 702WPB0081 702WPB0079 704WPE0002 774WPA0007 800WQ0A070 800WQ0A110 BACK CABI ASS'Y CABINET,BACK COVER,CONNECTOR SLOT,DVD HOLDER,CORD FELT SHEET FELT SHEET 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 AE007708 AE007709 AE007710 AE007711 AE004831 AE007712 AE005329 800WQ00095 800WQ00096 89900FB118 899000NK4N 752WSA0413 752WSA0511 7250000590 FELT SHEET FELT SHEET BAND CABLE,CLAMPS HDMI SHIELD,COVER SHIELD,BOTTOM HDMI SHEET,PC 1 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 AE005330 AE005331 AE005122 AE007713 AE007714 AE004529 AE006818 AE007715 AE007716 AE007462 7250000591 7250000592 726000A073 735WEA0004 751WSA0017 752WSA0424 752WSA0485 752WSA0512 752WSA0513 753WEA0022 SHEET,PC 2 SHEET,PC 3 SHEET,CAUTION SHEET,CU SHIELD,LCD-PCB SHIELD,DVD SHIELD,FFC SHIELD,JACK-1 SHIELD,JACK-2 SHEET,CU 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 AE007717 AE007718 AE007719 AE007720 AE007721 AE007722 AE007723 AE007724 AE001213 AE007725 761WSA0264 761WSA0267 761WSA0270 761WSA0271 771WPB0054 771WPB0056 771WPB0057 771WPJ0004 800WB0A008 890MP2401A ANGLE,HINGE COVER,LCD ANGLE,HANDLE-DVD ANGLE,PCB PLATE,JACK-1 PLATE,JACK-3 PLATE,JACK-2 PLATE,JACK SIDE FIBER WASHER TAPE 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 AE005521 AE005385 AE001853 AE007726 AD301370 BZ710039 AE007727 AE007728 AE007729 AE007730 8965TS0415 8965TS1015 8965TS1017 8965TS1060 899EFBA002 8995034000 702WPB0080 704WPB0012 705WPB0028 706JSA0013 CUSHION 65TS4-2 CUSHION 65TS10-5 CUSHION 65TS10-10 CUSHION W10/H10/L60 WIRING-CLIP CORD CLIP UL CO. COVER,BACK STAND HANDLE HINGE ASS'Y K1-1 50x35 15x50x16 10x5x15 17.5x20x14 MECHANICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 AE007731 AE007732 AE007733 AE007734 AE007735 AE000156 AE007736 AE007737 AE007738 AE002901 7225490218 7230007975 7230007977 7230007978 7230007995 7235630001 761WSB0008 800WFA0078 800WFA0081 791WHDA001 SHEET,RATING SHEET,JACK-1 SHEET,JACK-3 SHEET,JACK SIDE SHEET,JACK-2 SHEET,DVD ANGLE,STAND CUSHION,LEG CUSHION LAMIFILM BAG 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 AE007739 AE007740 AE007741 AE007742 AE007743 AE007744 AE007745 AE007451 AE007627 AE007746 792WHA0615 792WHA0618 792WHA0625 793WCA0017 793WCDC901 A5U902D975 JA4ND300 J3N51617A J5S10229A J5U90201A PACKAGE,BOTTOM PACKAGE,TOP PACKAGE,PAD ACCESSORY BOX GIFT BOX INSTRUCTION BOOK KIT POLYBAG,INSTRUCTION REGISTRATION CARD INFORMATION SHEET(USA) INSTRUCTION BOOK 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 AE004847 AE005470 AE003528 AE003529 AE003524 AE007747 AE007748 AE005338 AE005214 8117540A6U 8110230A4U 8110630A0U 811063080U 8109I30A0U 814623080U 810A13050U 810A140A0U 810213080U SCREW,TAP TITE(B0) TRUSS SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BRAZIER SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BRAZIER SCREW,TAP TITE(B) WH7 SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND SCREW,WASHER(A) SCREW,WASHER(A) SCREW,PAN 4x16 3x14 3x10 3x8 3x10 3x5.7+4x2.3 M3x5 M4x10 M3x8 210 211 212 213 214 215 AE005987 AE005472 AE005675 AE003526 AE007749 AE005471 810723060U 8159130A0S 810923060U 810923080U 811023080U 8102240A2U SCREW,TAP TITE(S) BIND SCREW,TAPPING(B) WASHER12 PAN SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BIND SCREW,BIND 3x6 3x10 3x6 3x8 3x8 M4x12 800 801 802 803 804 805 AE007750 AE007751 AE007752 AE007753 AE007754 AE007755 A5U902D800 724WNA0014 752WSA0527 702WPA1187 702WPA1188 7225490212 AC ADAPTER CABI ASS'Y SHEET,PC SHIELD,BOTTOM CABINET,TOP CABINET,BOTTOM SHEET,ADAPTER 901 AE003528 8110630A0U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) BRAZIER K1-2 3x10 DVD DECK REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. ! ! Description 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 AE006820 AE006821 AE004553 AE004554 AE004555 AE004556 AE004557 AE004558 AE004559 AE004560 A5N005C650S 92AAA0015A 92AAA0006A 92AAA0007A 92AAA0009A 92P100041A 92P100044A 92P100045A 92P100046A 92P100047A DVD MECHA ASS'Y ARM ROLLER ASS'Y 2 LINK,R ASS'Y CLAMPER ASS'Y MOUTH ASS'Y ARM, DISC GUIDE GEAR, MID RACK GEAR, TERMINAL GEAR, MID ROLLER 1 GEAR, MID ROLLER 2 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 AE004561 AE004562 AE004563 AE004564 AE004565 AE004566 AE004567 AE004568 AE004569 AE004570 92P100049A 92P100050A 92P100052A 92P100053A 92P100054A 92P100055A 92P100057A 92P100058A 92P100060A 92P100062A GEAR, RACK GEAR, ROLLER LEVER, DISC L LEVER, DISC R LINK, L LINK, MID LOCKER, STOPPER CHASSIS, MAIN CUT RACK, LOADING ROLLER, UPPER 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 AE004571 AE004572 AE004573 AE004574 AE004575 AE004576 AE004577 AE004578 AE004579 AE004580 92P100064A 92P200011A 92P300010A 92P300011A 92P300012A 92P300013A 92P000006A 92P100066A 92P100051A 92P100061A STOPPER, DISC RUBBER,ROLLER SPRING,GUIDE ARM SPRING,LEVER DISC L SPRING,LINK SPRING,STOPPER BRACKET, LOADING MOTOR WORM, LOADING HOLDER, TRAVERSE UNIT ROD, TRAVERSE UNIT 630 631 AE004581 AE007756 92P200010A A5N005C600 INSULATOR LOADING MOTOR ASS'Y 701 702 703 704 705 AE006822 AE006823 AE006824 AE006825 AE006826 8110E2680U 810922060U 810922040U 8109I2060U 810211718U SCREW,TAP TITE(P) WH10 SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND SCREW,TAP TITE(B) BIND SCREW,TAP TITE(B) WH7 SCREW,PAN M2.6x8 2x6 2x4 2x6 M1.7x1.8 CD2 CP2 DK1 M2301 PCB580 PCB590 SW3 SW4 AE006406 AE006411 AE006407 AE004589 AE006827 AE006828 AE001158 AE003565 122H092401 069EV4T060 169Z00035A 1596998002 A5N005C580 A5N005C590 0500101036 0500101037 CORD JUMPER CONNECTOR PCB SIDE DECK CD MOTOR PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PUSH SWITCH PUSH SWITCH 2H092401 04_6232_104_015_800+ CV-VTM101D MDN3BT3ESA DED023A DED024A ESE22MH22 ESE22MH24 K2-1 A5N005C650S ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. R102 R103 R104 R105 R106 R107 R109 R112 R114 R115 R116 R117 R118 R119 R120 R121 R122 R123 R126 R129 R132 R133 R134 R135 R136 R137 R139 R141 R142 R147 R148 R149 R151 R152 R153 R154 R155 R156 R157 R158 R159 R160 R161 R302 R303 R304 R305 ! R306 R307 R308 R309 R310 R312 R313 R314 R315 R316 ! R317 R318 R319 R320 R321 R328 R805 R807 R808 R809 R810 R811 R812 R813 TSB P/N AE001784 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001784 AE001783 AE001781 AE001781 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001783 AE001783 AD302345 AE001783 AE001783 AD302345 AE001781 AE001781 AE001783 AE001784 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001781 AE001781 AE001781 AE001781 AE001784 AE001784 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001784 AD302345 AE001784 AD302345 AE002148 AE001792 AE001784 AE001784 BZ210204 AE003983 AE003983 AE001886 AE003983 AE002148 AE001792 AE001283 AE001784 AE001784 BZ210204 AE003983 AE003983 AE001886 AE003983 AE001801 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9103J R803R9102J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9472J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9472J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9102J R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9183J R803R9273J R803R9103J R803R9103J R3X1814R7J R002T42R2J R002T42R2J R803R9100J R002T42R2J R803R9183J R803R9273J R803R9470J R803R9103J R803R9103J R3X1814R7J R002T42R2J R002T42R2J R803R9100J R002T42R2J R803R9682J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC R,METAL OXIDE RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC R,METAL OXIDE RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-1 Description 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 18K OHM 1/16W 27K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7 OHM 1W 2.2 OHM 1/4W 2.2 OHM 1/4W 10 OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/4W 18K OHM 1/16W 27K OHM 1/16W 47 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7 OHM 1W 2.2 OHM 1/4W 2.2 OHM 1/4W 10 OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/4W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N R814 R815 R816 R817 R818 R819 R820 R821 R822 R823 R825 R826 R828 R830 R831 R833 R834 R835 R836 R840 R2102 R2103 R2104 R2105 R2106 R2107 R2108 R2109 R2110 R2111 R2112 R2202 R2203 R2204 R2206 R2212 R2213 R2251 R2252 R2253 R2254 R2255 R2301 R2302 R2303 R2304 R2306 R2307 R2309 R2310 R2312 R2314 R2315 R2316 R2319 R2320 R2321 R2322 R2323 R2324 R2325 R2326 R2327 R2330 R2331 R2334 R2335 R2337 R2338 R2346 R2347 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001887 AE001784 AE001784 79091139 AE001784 AE001283 AE001784 AE001784 AE001783 AE001890 AE001783 AE001805 AE001781 AE001781 AE001794 AE001781 AE001783 AE001890 AE001781 AE001796 AE001783 AE000849 AE002151 AE001783 AE002154 AE001801 AE002532 AE002154 AE001783 AE000849 AE002532 AE001801 AE001784 AE001781 AE001891 AE005096 AE001886 AE001886 AE001784 79091264 AE001784 AE001793 AE002145 AE002907 AE001784 AE001785 AE001886 AE001886 AE001886 AE001886 79091264 79091264 79091264 AE001784 AE002145 AE001781 AE002907 AE001782 AE001782 AE002907 AE002907 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9105J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9151J R803R9103J R803R9470J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9102J R803R9221J R803R9102J R803R9822J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9330J R803R9101J R803R9102J R803R9221J R803R9101J R803R9471J R803R9102J R803R9152J R803R9391J R803R9102J R803R9821J R803R9682J R803R9272J R803R9821J R803R9102J R803R9152J R803R9272J R803R9682J R803R9103J R803R9101J R803R9223J R803R9512J R803R9100J R803R9100J R803R9103J R803R94R7J R803R9103J R803R92R2J R803R9153J R803R9562F R803R9103J R803R9104J R803R9100J R803R9100J R803R9100J R803R9100J R803R94R7J R803R94R7J R803R94R7J R803R9103J R803R9153J R803R9101J R803R9562F R803R9102F R803R9102F R803R9562F R803R9562F RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-2 Description 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 150 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 47 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 220 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 8.2K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 220 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 470 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1.5K OHM 1/16W 390 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 820 OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 2.7K OHM 1/16W 820 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1.5K OHM 1/16W 2.7K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 5.1K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/16W 15K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 4.7 OHM 1/16W 4.7 OHM 1/16W 4.7 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 15K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N R2350 R2351 R2601 R2602 R2603 R2604 R2605 R2607 R2608 R2609 R2610 R2611 R2612 R2613 R2614 R2615 R2616 R2617 R2618 R2619 R2620 R2621 R2622 R2623 R2624 R2626 R2633 R2634 R2635 R2643 R2644 R2645 R2646 R2647 R2648 R2654 R3001 R3002 R3003 R3004 R3005 R3006 R3007 R3008 R3009 R3010 R3011 R3012 R3013 R3014 R3015 R3016 R3018 R3019 R3020 R3021 R3022 R3023 R3024 R3025 R3026 R3027 R3029 R3209 R3211 R3212 R3216 R3217 R3220 R3221 R3222 AE002907 AE002907 AD302345 AE000850 AE000847 AE000852 AE000845 AE001787 AE001787 AE001787 AE000853 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE000846 AE001886 AE001783 AE001783 79091397 AE001781 AD302345 AE001781 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE002151 AD302345 AE001887 AE001887 AE001783 AE001790 AE001783 AE001790 AD302345 AE000848 79091397 AE001784 AE001799 AE001783 AE000845 AE000845 AD302291 AE001898 AE002908 AE000845 AE000845 AD302291 AE001898 AE002152 AE001799 AE001886 AE001886 AE006856 AE005088 AE002152 AE001799 AE001886 AE001886 AE005090 AE005092 AE005088 AE001897 AE001782 AE001784 AE002907 AE001795 AE002152 AE002152 AE001784 AE004090 AE001782 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9562F R803R9562F R803R9472J R803R9185J R803R9133F R803R9273F R803R9103F R803R9122J R803R9122J R803R9122J R803R9512F R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9123F R803R9100J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9180J R803R9101J R803R9472J R803R9101J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9391J R803R9472J R803R9105J R803R9105J R803R9102J R803R9222J R803R9102J R803R9222J R803R9472J R803R9133J R803R9180J R803R9103J R803R9562J R803R9102J R803R9103F R803R9103F R803R9683J R803R9563J R803R9183F R803R9103F R803R9103F R803R9683J R803R9563J R803R9561J R803R9562J R803R9100J R803R9100J R803R9752F R803R9182F R803R9561J R803R9562J R803R9100J R803R9100J R803R9221F R803R9272F R803R9182F R803R9511F R803R9102F R803R9103J R803R9562F R803R9332F R803R9561J R803R9561J R803R9103J R803R9471F R803R9102F RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-3 Description 5.6K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1.8M OHM 1/16W 13K OHM 1/16W 27K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 1.2K OHM 1/16W 1.2K OHM 1/16W 1.2K OHM 1/16W 5.1K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 12K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 18 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 390 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 2.2K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 2.2K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 13K OHM 1/16W 18 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 68K OHM 1/16W 56K OHM 1/16W 18K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 68K OHM 1/16W 56K OHM 1/16W 560 OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 7.5K OHM 1/16W 1.8K OHM 1/16W 560 OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 220 OHM 1/16W 2.7K OHM 1/16W 1.8K OHM 1/16W 510 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 560 OHM 1/16W 560 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 470 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N R3223 R3224 R3225 R3226 R3227 R3228 R3229 R3601 R3605 R3606 R3607 R3608 R3609 R3610 R3611 R3613 R3614 R3615 R3616 R3617 R3618 R3619 R3620 R3621 R3622 R3623 R3624 R3625 R3626 R3627 R3628 R3629 R3630 R3631 R3632 R3633 R3634 R3635 R3636 R3637 R3638 R3639 R3640 R3641 R3642 R3643 R3644 R3645 R3647 R3648 R3649 R3650 R3651 R3652 R3653 R3654 R3655 R3656 R3657 R3658 R3659 R3660 R3661 R3662 R3663 R3664 R3665 R3666 R3667 R3668 R3669 AE001891 AE001783 AE001891 AE001783 AE001783 AE001805 AE001783 AE001886 AE001797 AE001283 AE001283 AE001896 AE001896 AE002151 AE001794 AE001784 AE001784 AE001785 AE001785 AE001794 AE001783 AD302345 AD302345 AE001783 AE002153 AD302345 AE001895 AE001794 AE001794 AE001794 AD302345 AE001798 AE001790 AD302345 AD302345 AE001899 AE001899 AE001899 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001790 AE001783 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001784 AE001794 AD302345 AE001784 AE005767 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001805 AE001805 AE001784 AE001784 AE001783 AE001783 AE001781 AE001781 AE001783 AE001783 AE001794 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9223J R803R9102J R803R9223J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9822J R803R9102J R803R9100J R803R9473J R803R9470J R803R9470J R803R9474J R803R9474J R803R9391J R803R9330J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9104J R803R9104J R803R9330J R803R9102J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9102J R803R9820F R803R9472J R803R9392J R803R9330J R803R9330J R803R9330J R803R9472J R803R9560J R803R9222J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9750F R803R9750F R803R9750F R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9222J R803R9102J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9103J R803R9330J R803R9472J R803R9103J R803R9101F R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9822J R803R9822J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9330J RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-4 Description 22K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 8.2K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 47 OHM 1/16W 47 OHM 1/16W 470K OHM 1/16W 470K OHM 1/16W 390 OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 82 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 3.9K OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 56 OHM 1/16W 2.2K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 2.2K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 8.2K OHM 1/16W 8.2K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. R3674 R3675 R3676 R3677 R3678 R3679 R3680 R3681 R3682 R3683 R3684 R3801 R3802 R3803 R3804 R3805 R3806 R3807 R3808 R3809 R3810 ! R3811 R3812 R3813 R3814 R3816 R3817 R3818 R3819 R3820 R3821 R3822 R3823 R3824 R3825 R3826 R3827 R3828 R3829 R3830 R3831 R3832 R3833 R3834 R3835 R3836 R3837 R3839 R3840 R3841 R3842 R3843 R3844 R3845 R3847 R3848 R3849 R3851 R3852 R3853 R3854 R3855 R3856 R3857 R3858 R3859 R3862 R3863 R3864 R3865 R3866 TSB P/N AE001799 AE001799 79091400 79091400 AD302345 AE001785 AE002871 AE001790 AE001781 AE001781 AE001781 AE001891 AE002150 AE002145 AE001784 AE002530 AE002145 AE002150 AE001783 BZ210124 AE001784 BZ210059 AE002150 AE001891 AE001891 AE007833 AE007833 AE002150 AE001782 AE007831 AE007833 AE007833 AE007833 AE005087 AE000845 AE002908 AE001891 AE002876 AE001893 AE001891 AE001891 AD302345 AE002150 AE007833 AE007833 AE001784 AE001782 AE007832 AE001801 AE001893 AE005087 AE001891 AE001792 AE001784 AE001886 AE001886 BZ210060 AE001783 AE001783 AE001801 AE001891 AE001797 AE001797 AE001784 AD302345 AD302345 AE001891 AE001785 AE001784 AD302345 AD302345 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9562J R803R9562J R803R9393J R803R9393J R803R9472J R803R9104J R803R9224J R803R9222J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9223J R803R9333J R803R9153J R803R9103J R803R9124J R803R9153J R803R9333J R803R9102J R002T4122J R803R9103J R3X1812R2J R803R9333J R803R9223J R803R9223J R81LR7S47F R81LR7S47F R803R9333J R803R9102F R803R9152F R81LR7S47F R81LR7S47F R81LR7S47F R803R9181F R803R9103F R803R9183F R803R9223J R803R9472F R803R9332J R803R9223J R803R9223J R803R9472J R803R9333J R81LR7S47F R81LR7S47F R803R9103J R803R9102F R803R9302F R803R9682J R803R9332J R803R9181F R803R9223J R803R9273J R803R9103J R803R9100J R803R9100J R002T4332J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9682J R803R9223J R803R9473J R803R9473J R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9223J R803R9104J R803R9103J R803R9472J R803R9472J RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC R,METAL OXIDE RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-5 Description 5.6K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 39K OHM 1/16W 39K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 2.2K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 33K OHM 1/16W 15K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 120K OHM 1/16W 15K OHM 1/16W 33K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1.2K OHM 1/4W 10K OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1W 33K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 33K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1.5K OHM 1/16W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 180 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 18K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 33K OHM 1/16W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 0.047 OHM 1/10W 10K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 3K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 180 OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 27K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 10 OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/4W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N R3867 R3868 R3869 R3870 R3871 R3872 R4001 R4002 R4003 R4004 R4005 R4008 R4011 R4012 R4013 R4014 R4018 R4019 R4020 R4021 R4022 R4023 R4024 R4025 R4026 R4027 R4031 R4032 R4033 R4034 R4035 R4036 R4037 R4038 R4039 R4040 R4041 R4042 R4043 R4044 R4045 R4046 R4048 R4049 R4050 R4051 R4052 R4053 R4054 R4056 R4057 R4058 R4059 R4060 R4061 R4064 R4073 R4211 R4301 R4305 R4306 R4307 R4308 R4309 R4310 R4311 R4312 R4313 R4314 R4315 R4316 AE001893 AD302345 AD302345 AE001893 AE001893 AE001893 AE001894 AE001899 AE001899 AE001899 AE001899 AE001781 AD302345 AE001887 AE001283 AD302345 AD302345 AE001794 AE001794 AE001794 AE002872 AD302345 AD302345 AE002872 AE001890 AE001890 AD302345 AE001891 AE001793 AE001793 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001781 AE001784 AE001891 AE001783 AD302345 AE001797 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AD302345 AE001783 AE001783 AE001892 AE001892 AE001890 AE001781 AE001891 AE001784 AE001781 AE001892 AE001801 AE001784 AE001803 AE001803 AE001784 AE001803 AE001784 AE001803 AE001801 AE001801 AE001801 AE001801 AE001784 AE001784 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9332J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9332J R803R9332J R803R9332J R803R9391F R803R9750F R803R9750F R803R9750F R803R9750F R803R9101J R803R9472J R803R9105J R803R9470J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9330J R803R9330J R803R9330J R803R9271J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9271J R803R9221J R803R9221J R803R9472J R803R9223J R803R92R2J R803R92R2J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9101J R803R9103J R803R9223J R803R9102J R803R9472J R803R9473J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9472J R803R9102J R803R9102J R803R9331J R803R9331J R803R9221J R803R9101J R803R9223J R803R9103J R803R9101J R803R9331J R803R9682J R803R9103J R803R9750J R803R9750J R803R9103J R803R9750J R803R9103J R803R9750J R803R9682J R803R9682J R803R9682J R803R9682J R803R9103J R803R9103J RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-6 Description 3.3K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 390 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 47 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 33 OHM 1/16W 270 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 270 OHM 1/16W 220 OHM 1/16W 220 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 330 OHM 1/16W 330 OHM 1/16W 220 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 22K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 330 OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N R4317 R4318 R4319 R4320 R4322 R4324 R4325 R4326 R4327 R4328 R4329 R4331 R4333 R4334 R4335 R4336 R4337 R4338 R4339 R4340 R4341 R4342 R4343 R4344 R4345 R4346 R4347 R4348 R4349 R4350 R4351 R4352 R4353 R4354 R4355 R4356 R4357 R4358 R4361 R4362 R4363 R4401 R4403 R4406 R4407 R4408 R4409 R4410 R4411 R4412 R4413 R4415 R4416 R4419 R4420 R4421 R4422 R4423 R4426 R4428 R4430 R4431 R4432 R4433 R4435 R4437 R4438 R4439 R4440 R4441 R4442 AE005089 AE002871 AE005089 AE002871 AE001893 AE001893 AE001784 AE005089 AE002871 AE005089 AE002871 AE001893 AE001893 AD302291 AD302345 AD302291 AE001803 AE001803 AE001893 AE001784 AE001784 AE001781 AE001781 AE001783 AE001798 AE001783 AE001784 AE001784 AE001788 AE001788 AE001784 AE001797 AE001784 AE001784 AE001797 AE001785 AE001785 AE001784 AE001784 AE001784 AE001803 AE002146 AE001797 AE001803 AE001803 AE001803 AE001801 AE001801 AE001801 AE001781 AE001781 AE001785 AE001798 AE005089 AE002871 AE005089 AE002871 AE001798 AE001893 AE001893 AE005089 AE002871 AE005089 AE002871 AE001893 AE001893 79091390 79091390 AE001798 AE001803 AE001803 Reference No. RESISTORS R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9332J R803R9332J R803R9103J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9332J R803R9332J R803R9683J R803R9472J R803R9683J R803R9750J R803R9750J R803R9332J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9102J R803R9560J R803R9102J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9123J R803R9123J R803R9103J R803R9473J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9473J R803R9104J R803R9104J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9103J R803R9750J R803R9154J R803R9473J R803R9750J R803R9750J R803R9750J R803R9682J R803R9682J R803R9682J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9104J R803R9560J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9560J R803R9332J R803R9332J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9184J R803R9224J R803R9332J R803R9332J R002T2101J R002T2101J R803R9560J R803R9750J R803R9750J RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC K3-7 Description 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 68K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 68K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 56 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 12K OHM 1/16W 12K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 150K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 56 OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 56 OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 180K OHM 1/16W 220K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/2W 100 OHM 1/2W 56 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W 75 OHM 1/16W ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ! ! ! ! ! Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. RESISTORS R4443 R5003 R5004 R5005 R5006 R5007 R5008 R5014 R5015 R5016 R5017 R6605 R6606 R7201 R7202 R7203 R8101 R8102 R8108 R8109 R8110 R8113 R8115 R8116 R8117 R8119 R8121 R8122 R8123 R8124 R8125 R8126 R8127 R8128 R8129 R8130 R8131 R8133 R8134 R8137 R8512 R8513 R8529 R8555 R9001 R9002 R9003 R9004 R9005 R9006 R9007 R9008 R9009 R9010 R9012 R9013 R9014 R9015 R9016 R9017 AE001803 AE001785 AE001798 AE002151 AE001783 AE000849 AE001783 AE001799 AE001799 AE001781 AE001781 AE001781 AE001781 AE003232 79091142 79091142 AE001887 AE001887 AE001784 AE001887 AE001887 AE001785 AE001801 AE001783 AE001796 79091406 AE002150 AE001783 AE002532 AE001781 AE001788 AE001781 AE001783 AE001788 AE001893 AD302345 AE001783 AE002147 AE002147 AE001783 AE001793 AE001793 AD302345 AE001797 BZ210080 BZ210206 AD301208 BZ210243 AD301208 BZ210119 BZ210078 BZ210119 AE001883 BZ210119 AD301301 BZ210126 BZ210182 BZ210233 BZ210113 BZ210112 R803R9750J R803R9104J R803R9560J R803R9391J R803R9102J R803R9152J R803R9102J R803R9562J R803R9562J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9101J R803R9181J R803R9220J R803R9220J R803R9105J R803R9105J R803R9103J R803R9105J R803R9105J R803R9104J R803R9682J R803R9102J R803R9471J R803R9824J R803R9333J R803R9102J R803R9272J R803R9101J R803R9123J R803R9101J R803R9102J R803R9123J R803R9332J R803R9472J R803R9102J R803R9182J R803R9182J R803R9102J R803R92R2J R803R92R2J R803R9472J R803R9473J R0G3K2275K R002T2155J R002T2473J R3X181R18J R002T2473J R002T4102J R65584101J R002T4102J R3X28A104J R002T4102J R002T4152J R002T4222J R002T4103J R4X5T6272F R4X5T6223F R4X5T6152F C101 C104 C106 C107 C109 C110 C111 C113 C114 C116 AE005444 AE000838 AE002124 AE001275 AE002124 AE005444 79091061 AE001275 79091061 AE005444 E61UM0221D CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0315K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PCH4G1J CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH4G1J E61UM0221D RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC R,METAL OXIDE RC RC R,FUSE RC R,METAL OXIDE RC RC RC RC R,METAL R,METAL R,METAL Description 75 OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 56 OHM 1/16W 390 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1.5K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 5.6K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 180 OHM 1/16W 22 OHM 1/16W 22 OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 10K OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 1M OHM 1/16W 100K OHM 1/16W 6.8K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 470 OHM 1/16W 820K OHM 1/16W 33K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 2.7K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 12K OHM 1/16W 100 OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 12K OHM 1/16W 3.3K OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 1.8K OHM 1/16W 1.8K OHM 1/16W 1K OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/16W 2.2 OHM 1/16W 4.7K OHM 1/16W 47K OHM 1/16W 2.7M OHM 1/2W 1.5M OHM 1/2W 47K OHM 1/2W 0.18 OHM 1W 47K OHM 1/2W 1K OHM 1/4W 100 OHM 1/4W 1K OHM 1/4W 100K OHM 2W 1K OHM 1/4W 1.5K OHM 1/4W 2.2K OHM 1/4W 10K OHM 1/4W 2.7K OHM 1/6W 22K OHM 1/6W 1.5K OHM 1/6W CAPACITORS CE CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE K3-8 220 UF 6.3V 1 UF 10V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 18 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 50V F 18 PF 50V CH 220 UF 6.3V ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C117 C118 C123 C125 C126 C127 C128 C131 C136 C139 C303 C304 C305 C307 C308 C309 C310 C311 C312 C313 C314 C315 C316 C317 C318 C319 C320 C326 C327 C328 C329 C330 C331 C332 C333 C334 C335 C336 C337 C338 C339 C341 C342 C344 C810 C812 C813 C814 C815 C816 C817 C818 C819 C820 C821 C822 C823 C824 C826 C827 C830 C832 C834 C835 C836 C837 C838 C839 C840 C841 C842 AE001275 AE002124 AE002124 AE007811 AE001726 AE002124 AE001275 AE005074 AE007818 AE000838 AE001544 AE001725 79091097 AD301762 AE007805 AE000838 AE000838 79091093 AE001725 AE001275 AE001275 AE000272 BZ110043 BZ110032 AE002879 AD301762 AE002493 AE001725 AE001544 79091097 AD301762 AE007805 AE000838 AE000838 79091093 AE001275 AE001275 AE001725 AE000272 BZ110043 AE002879 AD301762 AE002493 AE000928 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0101D CS0PB0414K CS0PB0315K CS0PF0415Z E61UM5R47D E61UM52R2D CS0PB0N16K E50HU3100M CS0PB0413K E50HU2101M E50HU52R2M E00NU5R47M CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E00NU52R2M CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E50HU2470M E02LU3221M E5EZF3102M CS0PB03Q4K E50HU52R2M CS0PB04L3K CS0PB0413K E50HU3100M E50HU2101M E50HU52R2M E00NU5R47M CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E00NU52R2M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K E50HU2470M E02LU3221M CS0PB03Q4K E50HU52R2M CS0PB04L3K E50HU2330M CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CE CC CE CC CE CE CE CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CE CC CC CE CE CE CE CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CE CC CE CC CE CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC K3-9 Description 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 100 UF 6.3V 0.01 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.47 UF 50V 2.2 UF 50V 1 UF 10V B 10 UF 25 V 0.001 UF 50V B 100 UF 16 V 2.2 UF 50V 0.47 UF 50 V 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 50V 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 47 UF 16V 220 UF 25V 1000 UF 25V 0.047 UF 25V B 2.2 UF 50V 0.0033UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 10 UF 25 V 100 UF 16 V 2.2 UF 50V 0.47 UF 50 V 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 50V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B 47 UF 16V 220 UF 25V 0.047 UF 25V B 2.2 UF 50V 0.0033UF 50V B 33 UF 16 V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C843 C844 C845 C846 C847 C849 C850 C851 C852 C853 C855 C856 C857 C858 C859 C860 C861 C862 C863 C868 C870 C871 C872 C873 C875 C876 C877 C878 C879 C883 C884 C886 C887 C888 C889 C891 C892 C893 C894 C895 C896 C897 C898 C902 C904 C2103 C2105 C2106 C2108 C2109 C2110 C2111 C2112 C2113 C2116 C2120 C2121 C2124 C2125 C2126 C2127 C2129 C2130 C2131 C2132 C2133 C2136 C2137 C2138 C2139 C2140 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE004237 AE002124 AE002124 AE004237 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE001726 AE001725 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002830 79091070 AE007811 AE002124 AE007811 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002494 AE005067 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002879 AE002830 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PCH450C CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PCH450C CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0413K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PCH4L1J CS0PCH4U1J E61UM0101D CS0PB0315K E61UM0101D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB04N3K CS0PB03N4K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB03Q4K CS0PCH4L1J CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CE CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC K3-10 Description 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 5 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 5 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 33 PF 50V CH 68 PF 50V CH 100 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 100 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.0039UF 50V B 0.039 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.047 UF 25V B 33 PF 50V CH ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C2143 C2144 C2145 C2146 C2149 C2150 C2151 C2201 C2202 C2209 C2212 C2301 C2302 C2303 C2304 C2305 C2306 C2307 C2308 C2309 C2310 C2311 C2312 C2314 C2316 C2318 C2320 C2321 C2322 C2323 C2324 C2325 C2326 C2329 C2330 C2331 C2332 C2333 C2334 C2339 C2603 C2604 C2605 C2606 C2607 C2608 C2609 C2610 C2611 C2612 C2613 C2614 C2615 C2616 C2617 C2618 C2619 C2620 C2621 C2622 C2623 C2624 C2625 C2626 C2627 C2628 C2629 C2630 C2631 C2632 C2633 AE000838 AE002879 AE001725 AE000840 AE005444 AE002124 AE001729 BZ110243 BZ110243 BZ110150 AE002124 AE002124 AE001733 AE001726 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE002124 AE001727 AE002124 AE001727 AE001727 AE001731 AE003855 AE002824 AE001726 BZ210177 BZ110229 BZ210177 AE002124 AE002124 79091097 AE002124 BZ110263 AE002124 AE001726 AE002124 BZ110263 BZ110263 AE001726 AE001727 AE001727 AE001727 AE001727 AE002830 AE001768 AE001275 AE000837 AE001275 AE002824 AE001733 AE002124 AE001275 AE002831 AE002124 AE002124 AE002832 AE000836 AE000836 AE000836 AE001275 AE001725 AE001725 AE001275 AE000835 AE001725 AE001725 AE000838 AE002124 AE001275 AE001725 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PB0N16K CS0PB03Q4K CS0PB0413K CS0PCH4K1J E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PCH412J CQGTB0414K CQGTB0414K E50HU0101M CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4H2J CS0PB0414K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB04H3K CS0PB0315K CS0PB04H3K CS0PB04H3K CS0PCH4G2J CS0PCH4B2J CS0PB04H4K CS0PB0414K E02LU2470M E02LU4220M E02LU2470M CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E50HU2101M CS0PB0315K E50HU2220M CS0PB0315K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0315K E50HU2220M E50HU2220M CS0PB0414K CS0PB04H3K CS0PB04H3K CS0PB04H3K CS0PB04H3K CS0PCH4L1J E50HU0221M CS0PF0415Z CS0PB04U3K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB04H4K CS0PCH4H2J CS0PB0315K CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4S2J CS0PB04S3K CS0PB04S3K CS0PB04S3K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB03L4K CS0PB0413K CS0PB0413K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0315K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CC CE CC CE CC CC CC CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC K3-11 Description 1 UF 10V B 0.047 UF 25V B 0.001 UF 50V B 27 PF 50V CH 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 100 PF 50V CH 0.01 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 100 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 PF 50V CH 0.01 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.0022UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.0022UF 50V B 0.0022UF 50V B 180 PF 50V CH 120 PF 50V CH 0.022 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 47 UF 16V 22 UF 35V 47 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 100 UF 16 V 0.1 UF 25V B 22 UF 16 V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 22 UF 16 V 22 UF 16 V 0.01 UF 50V B 0.0022UF 50V B 0.0022UF 50V B 0.0022UF 50V B 0.0022UF 50V B 33 PF 50V CH 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.0068UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.022 UF 50V B 220 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V F 470 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 560 PF 50V CH 0.0056UF 50V B 0.0056UF 50V B 0.0056UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.033 UF 25V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 1 UF 10V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C2634 C2635 C2636 C2637 C2638 C2639 C2640 C2641 C2642 C2643 C2644 C2645 C2646 C2647 C2648 C2654 C2655 C3001 C3002 C3004 C3005 C3006 C3007 C3008 C3009 C3011 C3012 C3014 C3015 C3016 C3017 C3018 C3019 C3020 C3021 C3022 C3023 C3024 C3025 C3032 C3201 C3202 C3204 C3205 C3206 C3207 C3209 C3211 C3212 C3213 C3215 C3216 C3217 C3218 C3219 C3221 C3601 C3602 C3604 C3605 C3606 C3607 C3608 C3609 C3610 C3611 C3612 C3613 C3614 C3615 C3616 AE001275 AE001725 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 BZ110150 BZ110150 AE001275 AE001543 AE001543 AE001275 AE001543 AE001275 AE000838 AE001726 AE001726 AE005079 AE002124 AE000838 AE002124 AE001726 AE002831 AE001726 AE000838 AE005079 AE001275 AE001275 AE005080 AE002708 AE001275 AE001737 AE005070 AE005080 AE001275 AE002708 AE002708 AE001275 AE002124 AE001275 AE002831 AE002831 AE002831 AE002831 AE002831 AE002831 AE007813 AE001737 AE001737 AE007811 AE001737 AE001737 AE007811 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE002831 AE002831 AE001544 AE001725 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001725 AE001275 AE001544 AE001275 AE001726 AE001275 AE001544 AE001275 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E50HU0101M E50HU0101M CS0PF0415Z E50HU0470M E50HU0470M CS0PF0415Z E50HU0470M CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0414K E62FT3331M CS0PB0315K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0414K CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PB0414K CS0PB0N16K E62FT3331M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E62FU0331M E5EZU2101M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0N16Z E5EZU0221M E62FU0331M CS0PF0415Z E5EZU2101M E5EZU2101M CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0315K CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J E61UM2221D CS0PF0N16Z CS0PF0N16Z E61UM0101D CS0PF0N16Z CS0PF0N16Z E61UM0101D CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J E50HU3100M CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z E50HU3100M CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0414K CS0PF0415Z E50HU3100M CS0PF0415Z CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CC CE CE CC CE CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CE CE CC CC CE CE CC CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CE CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CC K3-12 Description 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 100 UF 6.3V 100 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 50V F 47 UF 6.3V 47 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 50V F 47 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 50V F 1 UF 10V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 330 UF 25V 0.1 UF 25V B 1 UF 10V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.01 UF 50V B 470 PF 50V CH 0.01 UF 50V B 1 UF 10V B 330 UF 25V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 330 UF 6.3V 100 UF 16V 0.1 UF 50V F 1 UF 10V F 220 UF 6.3V 330 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 50V F 100 UF 16V 100 UF 16V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V F 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 220 UF 16V 1 UF 10V F 1 UF 10V F 100 UF 6.3V 1 UF 10V F 1 UF 10V F 100 UF 6.3V 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 10 UF 25 V 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 10 UF 25 V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.01 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 10 UF 25 V 0.1 UF 50V F ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C3617 C3618 C3619 C3620 C3621 C3622 C3623 C3624 C3625 C3626 C3627 C3628 C3629 C3630 C3632 C3633 C3634 C3635 C3636 C3637 C3638 C3639 C3640 C3642 C3643 C3644 C3645 C3646 C3647 C3648 C3649 C3650 C3651 C3652 C3653 C3654 C3655 C3656 C3657 C3658 C3659 C3661 C3663 C3664 C3665 C3666 C3667 C3668 C3669 C3670 C3671 C3672 C3673 C3674 C3675 C3676 C3677 C3678 C3679 C3680 C3681 C3682 C3683 C3684 C3685 C3802 C3803 C3804 C3805 C3806 C3808 AE001725 AE001275 AE001725 AE001725 AE001725 AE001275 AE002132 AE007797 AE001275 AE001725 AE001275 BZ110263 AE001544 AE001275 AE001544 AE001275 BZ110263 AE001275 BZ110263 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE002129 AE002129 AE001275 AE001737 AE001275 AE001275 AE001544 AE001275 AE001732 AE001732 AE001732 AE001275 BZ110263 AE001275 AE001275 AE001737 BZ110150 BZ110150 BZ110263 AE000328 AE000328 AE001735 AE001735 AE002822 AE002822 AE001732 AE001732 AE001729 AE001729 AE001544 AE001544 AE001544 AE001544 AE002822 AE002822 AE001275 AE000272 AE001275 AE007796 AE007796 AE007797 AE007797 AE002124 AE000838 AE002832 AE000837 AE002124 AE005068 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K CS0PB0413K CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PF04Q4Z CS0SB0217K CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z E50HU2220M E50HU3100M CS0PF0415Z E50HU3100M CS0PF0415Z E50HU2220M CS0PF0415Z E50HU2220M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH4E1J CS0PCH4E1J CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0N16Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E50HU3100M CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH4H1J CS0PCH4H1J CS0PCH4H1J CS0PF0415Z E50HU2220M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0N16Z E50HU0101M E50HU0101M E50HU2220M CS0RF0316Z CS0RF0316Z CS0PCH4W2J CS0PCH4W2J CS0PB04E3K CS0PB04E3K CS0PCH4H1J CS0PCH4H1J CS0PCH412J CS0PCH412J E50HU3100M E50HU3100M E50HU3100M E50HU3100M CS0PB04E3K CS0PB04E3K CS0PF0415Z E50HU2470M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0216Z CS0PF0216Z CS0SB0217K CS0SB0217K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0N16K CS0PCH4S2J CS0PB04U3K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0415K CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CC CE CC CE CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CE CE CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC K3-13 Description 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.047 UF 50V F 10 UF 16V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 22 UF 16 V 10 UF 25 V 0.1 UF 50V F 10 UF 25 V 0.1 UF 50V F 22 UF 16 V 0.1 UF 50V F 22 UF 16 V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 15 PF 50V CH 15 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 50V F 1 UF 10V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 10 UF 25 V 0.1 UF 50V F 22 PF 50V CH 22 PF 50V CH 22 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 50V F 22 UF 16 V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 1 UF 10V F 100 UF 6.3V 100 UF 6.3V 22 UF 16 V 1 UF 25V F 1 UF 25V F 820 PF 50V CH 820 PF 50V CH 0.0015UF 50V B 0.0015UF 50V B 22 PF 50V CH 22 PF 50V CH 100 PF 50V CH 100 PF 50V CH 10 UF 25 V 10 UF 25 V 10 UF 25 V 10 UF 25 V 0.0015UF 50V B 0.0015UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 47 UF 16V 0.1 UF 50V F 1 UF 16V F 1 UF 16V F 10 UF 16V B 10 UF 16V B 0.1 UF 25V B 1 UF 10V B 560 PF 50V CH 0.0068UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V B ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C3809 C3810 C3811 C3812 C3813 C3814 C3815 C3816 C3817 C3818 C3819 C3820 C3821 C3822 C3823 C3824 C3825 C3826 C3827 C3828 C3830 C3831 C3832 C3834 C3835 C3837 C3838 C3839 C3840 C3841 C3842 C3843 C3844 C3845 C3846 C3847 C3848 C3850 C3851 C3853 C3854 C3855 C3856 C3858 C3859 C3860 C3861 C3862 C3863 C3864 C3865 C3866 C3867 C3870 C3871 C3872 C3883 C4001 C4002 C4003 C4004 C4005 C4006 C4007 C4008 C4010 C4011 C4012 C4013 C4014 C4016 AE001726 AE007810 AD301535 AE007808 AE002124 AE005071 AE002879 BZ110190 AE002124 AE000840 79091384 AD301535 AE002124 AD301535 AE002879 AE005071 AE002124 AE000840 AE001726 BZ110255 AE002124 AE001726 AE001726 79091383 AE005071 BZ110190 AE005071 AE002124 AE005071 79091097 AE002879 AE002124 AE000840 79091097 AE001727 AE001726 AE001726 AE000838 AE001133 AE001730 AE002123 AE001133 AE000467 AE007258 AE001133 AE000467 AE005071 AE001726 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE003857 BZ110207 AE005068 AE002824 AE005068 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE000336 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PB0414K E61FT4331D E02LU2101M E61FF4122N CS0PB0315K E61FT2681D CS0PB03Q4K E02LU2221M CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4K1J CS0PCH4L2J E02LU2101M CS0PB0315K E02LU2101M CS0PB03Q4K E61FT2681D CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4K1J CS0PB0414K CQGTB0415K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0414K CS0PCH4K2J E61FT2681D E02LU2221M E61FT2681D CS0PB0315K E61FT2681D E50HU2101M CS0PB03Q4K CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4K1J E50HU2101M CS0PB04H3K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0N16K CQGTF04Q5Z CS0PCH4E2J CQGTF0416Z CQGTF04Q5Z E02LU54R7M CS0PB0NH6K CQGTF04Q5Z E02LU54R7M E61FT2681D CS0PB0414K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PCH4W1J E02LT2102M CS0PB0415K CS0PB04H4K CS0PB0415K CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E02LU1101M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CC CE CE CE CC CE CC CE CC CC CC CE CC CE CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CE CE CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC K3-14 Description 0.01 UF 50V B 330 UF 35V 100 UF 16V 1200 UF 35V 0.1 UF 25V B 680 UF 16V 0.047 UF 25V B 220 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 27 PF 50V CH 330 PF 50V CH 100 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 100 UF 16V 0.047 UF 25V B 680 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 27 PF 50V CH 0.01 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 270 PF 50V CH 680 UF 16V 220 UF 16V 680 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 680 UF 16V 100 UF 16 V 0.047 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 27 PF 50V CH 100 UF 16 V 0.0022UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 1 UF 10V B 0.47 UF 50V F 150 PF 50V CH 1 UF 50V F 0.47 UF 50V F 4.7 UF 50V 2.2 UF 10V B 0.47 UF 50V F 4.7 UF 50V 680 UF 16V 0.01 UF 50V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 82 PF 50V CH 1000 UF 16V 0.1 UF 50V B 0.022 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 100 UF 10V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C4017 C4018 C4019 C4020 C4022 C4023 C4024 C4025 C4026 C4027 C4028 C4029 C4030 C4031 C4032 C4033 C4034 C4035 C4036 C4037 C4038 C4039 C4040 C4041 C4042 C4045 C4046 C4047 C4050 C4051 C4052 C4056 C4062 C4063 C4064 C4067 C4068 C4069 C4070 C4071 C4072 C4073 C4074 C4075 C4076 C4077 C4078 C4081 C4082 C4083 C4085 C4086 C4088 C4089 C4090 C4093 C4094 C4095 C4096 C4099 C4312 C4313 C4314 C4315 C4322 C4323 C4324 C4325 C4326 C4327 C4328 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001726 AE001725 AE001275 AE004237 AE004238 AE002825 AE001275 AE001726 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE002825 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 BZ110143 BZ110143 AE002825 AE001275 BZ110143 AE001275 BZ210177 AE003896 AE003896 AE003896 AE003896 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE001275 AE000336 AE001275 AE001275 AE000336 AE001725 AE001725 AE001726 AE001726 AE001726 AE001729 AE001729 AE001726 AE001725 AE001726 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE007811 AE007812 AE007812 AE001733 AE007819 AE005444 AE002124 Reference No. CAPACITORS CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0414K CS0PB0413K CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH450C CS0PCH4F1J CS0PCH411D CS0PF0415Z CS0PB0414K CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH411D CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E02LU0221M E02LU0221M CS0PCH411D CS0PF0415Z E02LU0221M CS0PF0415Z E02LU2470M E5EZU2470M E5EZU2470M E5EZU2470M E5EZU2470M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E02LU1101M CS0PF0415Z CS0PF0415Z E02LU1101M CS0PB0413K CS0PB0413K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0414K CS0PCH412J CS0PCH412J CS0PB0414K CS0PB0413K CS0PB0414K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E61UM0101D E61UM2101D E61UM2101D CS0PCH4H2J E61UM54R7D E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CC CC CE CC CE CE CE CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CE CE CC K3-15 Description 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.01 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 5 PF 50V CH 16 PF 50V CH 10 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 50V F 0.01 UF 50V B 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 10 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 220 UF 6.3V 220 UF 6.3V 10 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 50V F 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 50V F 47 UF 16V 47 UF 16V 47 UF 16V 47 UF 16V 47 UF 16V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 100 UF 10V 0.1 UF 50V F 0.1 UF 50V F 100 UF 10V 0.001 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 100 PF 50V CH 100 PF 50V CH 0.01 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 100 UF 6.3V 100 UF 16V 100 UF 16V 220 PF 50V CH 4.7 UF 50V 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C4329 C4330 C4331 C4332 C4333 C4334 C4336 C4337 C4339 C4340 C4342 C4344 C4345 C4347 C4349 C4350 C4351 C4352 C4353 C4354 C4355 C4356 C4357 C4358 C4360 C4361 C4372 C4378 C4403 C4407 C4408 C4409 C4410 C4411 C4418 C4419 C4420 C4422 C4423 C4424 C4425 C4426 C4427 C4428 C4429 C4430 C5002 C5005 C5007 C5011 C5012 C5013 C5014 C5015 C5017 C5018 C5023 C5024 C6601 C6602 C6603 C6604 C6605 C6606 C6607 C6609 C6610 C6611 C6612 C6613 C6614 AE007817 AE007818 AE007818 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE007812 AE007812 AE007817 AE001275 AE001729 AE001725 AE001725 AE001729 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE007815 AE001735 AE001735 AE000838 AE000838 AE007822 AE007822 AE002831 AE002831 BZ110187 AE002124 BZ110255 AD301434 79091068 79091068 AE001725 AE000840 AE001725 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AE000838 AD301535 AD301535 79091070 79091070 79091070 AE002124 AE001729 AE002124 AE007258 AE007258 AE002824 AD301535 AE007258 AE001726 AD301535 AE002130 AE002130 AD301348 AD301348 AE000333 AE002831 AD301348 AE000333 AE002822 AE002124 BZ110217 BZ110205 BZ110205 AE002882 AE002882 Reference No. CAPACITORS E61UM5220D E61UM52R2D E61UM52R2D CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E61UM2101D E61UM2101D E61UM5220D CS0PF0415Z CS0PCH412J CS0PB0413K CS0PB0413K CS0PCH412J CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E61UM4330D CS0PCH4W2J CS0PCH4W2J CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E717M4100D E717M4100D CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4Q2J E02LT0102M CS0PB0315K CQGTB0415K E02LU4101M CS0PCH4S1J CS0PCH4S1J CS0PB0413K CS0PCH4K1J CS0PB0413K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0N16K E02LU2101M E02LU2101M CS0PCH4U1J CS0PCH4U1J CS0PCH4U1J CS0PB0315K CS0PCH412J CS0PB0315K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB04H4K E02LU2101M CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0414K E02LU2101M CS0PCH4Q1J CS0PCH4Q1J E02LU5100M E02LU5100M E00NU2220M CS0PCH4Q2J E02LU5100M E00NU2220M CS0PB04E3K CS0PB0315K E50HU53R3M E02LU5220M E02LU5220M CS0PB0NL5K CS0PB0NL5K CE CE CE CC CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CE CE CC CC CE CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CE CC CC CE CE CE CC CE CE CC CC CE CE CE CC CC K3-16 Description 22 UF 50V 2.2 UF 50V 2.2 UF 50V 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 100 UF 16V 100 UF 16V 22 UF 50V 0.1 UF 50V F 100 PF 50V CH 0.001 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 100 PF 50V CH 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 33 UF 35V 820 PF 50V CH 820 PF 50V CH 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 10 UF 35V 10 UF 35V 470 PF 50V CH 470 PF 50V CH 1000 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 50V B 100 UF 35V 56 PF 50V CH 56 PF 50V CH 0.001 UF 50V B 27 PF 50V CH 0.001 UF 50V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 100 UF 16V 100 UF 16V 68 PF 50V CH 68 PF 50V CH 68 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 100 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 0.022 UF 50V B 100 UF 16V 2.2 UF 10V B 0.01 UF 50V B 100 UF 16V 47 PF 50V CH 47 PF 50V CH 10 UF 50V 10 UF 50V 22 UF 16 V 470 PF 50V CH 10 UF 50V 22 UF 16 V 0.0015UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 3.3 UF 50V 22 UF 50V 22 UF 50V 0.33 UF 10V B 0.33 UF 10V B ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N C6615 C6616 C6617 C6618 C6619 C6620 C6621 C6622 C6623 C6624 C6626 C6627 C6628 C6629 C6630 C6631 C6632 C6633 C6634 C6635 C6636 C6637 C7201 C7202 C7203 C7204 C7205 C7206 C7207 C7208 C7209 C7210 C7212 C7213 C7215 C7217 C7219 C7224 C7238 C7239 C7240 C7241 C7242 C8101 C8102 C8103 C8104 C8105 C8106 C8107 C8108 C8112 C8113 C8114 C8115 C8116 C8117 C8118 C8119 C8120 C8123 C8124 C8125 C8126 C8127 C8128 C8129 C8130 C8131 C8132 C8133 BZ110187 AE002882 AE002882 AE002882 AE002822 AE002882 AE002831 AE002124 AE001733 AD301348 AE001732 AE001732 AE002822 AD301348 AE002831 79091068 79091068 79091068 AE002128 AE002128 AE001727 AE001727 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE005444 AE005444 AE002124 AE002124 AE007816 AE002124 AE002124 AE005076 AE007813 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007814 AE002124 AE007820 AE007820 AE005073 AE005073 AE005073 AE005073 AE007258 AE007258 AE000838 AE005073 AE002124 AE007820 AE005073 AE002124 AE007811 AE001726 AE007812 AE005073 AE002124 AE002124 AE000838 AE002124 AE001732 AE007812 AE005073 AE000838 Reference No. CAPACITORS E02LT0102M CS0PB0NL5K CS0PB0NL5K CS0PB0NL5K CS0PB04E3K CS0PB0NL5K CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4H2J E02LU5100M CS0PCH4H1J CS0PCH4H1J CS0PB04E3K E02LU5100M CS0PCH4Q2J CS0PCH4S1J CS0PCH4S1J CS0PCH4S1J CS0PCH480D CS0PCH480D CS0PB04H3K CS0PB04H3K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM0221D E61UM0221D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UM5010D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K E61UMQ331D E61UM2221D CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K E61UM2470D CS0PB0315K E61UM5R22D E61UM5R22D E61UM2100D E61UM2100D E61UM2100D E61UM2100D CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0N16K E61UM2100D CS0PB0315K E61UM5R22D E61UM2100D CS0PB0315K E61UM0101D CS0PB0414K E61UM2101D E61UM2100D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0315K CS0PB0N16K CS0PB0315K CS0PCH4H1J E61UM2101D E61UM2100D CS0PB0N16K CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CE CC CC CE CE CC CC CE CC CC CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CE CE CE CE CE CE CC CC CC CE CC CE CE CC CE CC CE CE CC CC CC CC CC CE CE CC K3-17 Description 1000 UF 6.3V 0.33 UF 10V B 0.33 UF 10V B 0.33 UF 10V B 0.0015UF 50V B 0.33 UF 10V B 470 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 25V B 220 PF 50V CH 10 UF 50V 22 PF 50V CH 22 PF 50V CH 0.0015UF 50V B 10 UF 50V 470 PF 50V CH 56 PF 50V CH 56 PF 50V CH 56 PF 50V CH 8 PF 50V CH 8 PF 50V CH 0.0022UF 50V B 0.0022UF 50V B 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 220 UF 6.3V 220 UF 6.3V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 1 UF 50V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 330 UF 4V 220 UF 16V 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 47 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.22 UF 50V 0.22 UF 50V 10 UF 16V 10 UF 16V 10 UF 16V 10 UF 16V 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 1 UF 10V B 10 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.22 UF 50V 10 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 100 UF 6.3V 0.01 UF 50V B 100 UF 16V 10 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 0.1 UF 25V B 1 UF 10V B 0.1 UF 25V B 22 PF 50V CH 100 UF 16V 10 UF 16V 1 UF 10V B ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. CAPACITORS Description C8134 C8135 C8136 C8137 C8138 C8139 C8144 C8146 C8147 C8153 C8154 C8155 C8156 C8157 C8158 C8159 C8160 C8504 C8505 C8506 C8507 C8508 C8509 C8510 C8511 C8512 C8519 C8520 C8521 C8522 C8523 C8524 C8564 C8566 C9001 C9002 C9003 C9004 C9005 C9006 C9007 C9008 C9009 C9010 C9011 C9012 C9013 C9014 C9015 C9016 C9017 C9018 C9019 C9020 C9021 AE001726 AE005073 AE003854 79091384 AE001727 AE007820 AE002124 AE000838 AE001735 AE007812 AE002124 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE007258 AE001730 AE003854 AE001730 AE001730 AE003854 AE001730 AE001730 AE003854 AE001730 AE000336 AE001275 AD301348 BZ110189 BZ110189 BZ110189 AE002825 AE002130 BZ110035 BZ110182 BZ110035 AE002968 BZ110243 BZ110098 AE000951 AE007806 AE007821 AE002229 AE002878 BZ110255 BZ110243 BZ110175 AE007807 AE007807 AE007809 BZ110243 BZ110176 BZ110035 AD301026 CS0PB0414K E61UM2100D CS0PCH4B1J CS0PCH4L2J CS0PB04H3K E61UM5R22D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0N16K CS0PCH4W2J E61UM2101D CS0PB0315K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PB0NH6K CS0PCH4E2J CS0PCH4B1J CS0PCH4E2J CS0PCH4E2J CS0PCH4B1J CS0PCH4E2J CS0PCH4E2J CS0PCH4B1J CS0PCH4E2J E02LU1101M CS0PF0415Z E02LU5100M E02LU0471M E02LU0471M E02LU0471M CS0PCH411D CS0PCH4Q1J P2122B104M C03L0R713K P2122B104M E5EZU5010M CQGTB0414K CHGTB0413K CQGTCH4Q2J E5EZU4470M E62XFC821D P411F4393J CD39E0MQ3M CQGTB0415K CQGTB0414K C03L0R7H2K E61FF4122D E61FF4122D E61FT4221D CQGTB0414K C03L0R7Q2K P2122B104M CD39E0M13M CC CE CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CE CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CC CE CC CE CE CE CE CC CC CMP CC CMP CE CC CC CC CE CE CMPP CC CC CC CC CE CE CE CC CC CMP CC D101 D105 D106 D109 D301 D302 D2201 D2601 D2602 D3001 D3002 D3003 D3206 D3207 D3601 AE004795 AE007801 AE004795 AE007801 BZ410010 BZ410010 BZ410087 BZ410121 AE004646 AE004643 AE004642 AE004643 AE004643 AE004643 AE004937 DE7RB5R62B DD7R20S300 DE7RB5R62B DD7R20S300 D28T21DQN9 D28T21DQN9 0021E2Q140 DDARDS1200 DE5RB2R21X D28R1QS040 D28R03A040 D28R1QS040 D28R1QS040 D28R1QS040 D77R1A1R10 DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,SCHOTTKY LED DIODE,SILICON DIODE,ZENER DIODE DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE,VARISTA 0.01 UF 50V B 10 UF 16V 12 PF 50V CH 330 PF 50V CH 0.0022UF 50V B 0.22 UF 50V 0.1 UF 25V B 1 UF 10V B 820 PF 50V CH 100 UF 16V 0.1 UF 25V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 2.2 UF 10V B 150 PF 50V CH 12 PF 50V CH 150 PF 50V CH 150 PF 50V CH 12 PF 50V CH 150 PF 50V CH 150 PF 50V CH 12 PF 50V CH 150 PF 50V CH 100 UF 10V 0.1 UF 50V F 10 UF 50V 470 UF 6.3V 470 UF 6.3V 470 UF 6.3V 10 PF 50V CH 47 PF 50V CH 0.1 UF 275V ECQUL 0.001 UF 2KV R 0.1 UF 275V ECQUL 1 UF 50V 0.01 UF 50V B 0.001 UF 50V B 470 PF 50V CH 47 UF 35V 5*35 820 UF 200V 0.039 UF 400V ECWF 0.0047UF 250V 0.1 UF 50V B 0.01 UF 50V B 220 PF 2KV R 1200 UF 35V 1200 UF 35V 220 UF 35V 0.01 UF 50V B 470 PF 2KV R 0.1 UF 275V ECQUL 0.001 UF 250V DIODES K3-18 UDZS5.6B TE-17 RB520S-30-TE61 UDZS5.6B TE-17 RB520S-30-TE61 21DQ09N-TA2B1 21DQ09N-TA2B1 LTL-1CHEE-002A KDS120RTK 02DZ2.2-X(TH3ORION EC31QS04-TE12L NSQ03A04-TE16L EC31QS04-TE12L EC31QS04-TE12L EC31QS04-TE12L AVRL161A1R1NT ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description DIODES ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! D3602 D3603 D3604 D3605 D3609 D3613 D3801 D3802 D3803 D3804 D3805 D3806 D3809 D3810 D3812 D3813 D3814 D3815 D3817 D3818 D3819 D3820 D4002 D4301 D4302 D4310 D5001 D8508 D8509 D8510 D9001 D9002 D9003 D9004 D9005 D9006 D9007 D9008 D9009 D9010 D9011 D9012 AE004795 AE004937 AE004793 AE004793 AE004794 AE004794 BZ410010 AE007802 BZ410033 BZ410010 BZ410086 BZ410086 BZ410033 BZ410086 AE006060 AE007803 BZ410033 AE004795 BZ410086 AE006060 BZ410010 AE004643 BZ410086 AE004795 AE004795 BZ410086 AE007801 BZ410086 BZ410086 BZ410086 AE003872 AE004936 BZ410031 AE007799 BZ410006 BZ410022 BZ410006 AE007798 AE007010 AE007800 AE007800 AE007800 DE7RB5R62B D77R1A1R10 DD7R60L400 DD7R60L400 DE7RB3R32B DE7RB3R32B D28T21DQN9 DE7RB1802B D28T21DQN4 D28T21DQN9 DD7R0S3550 DD7R0S3550 D28T21DQN4 DD7R0S3550 D28T0ERB20 DE7RB8R22B D28T21DQN4 DE7RB5R62B DD7R0S3550 D28T0ERB20 D28T21DQN9 D28R1QS040 DD7R0S3550 DE7RB5R62B DE7RB5R62B DD7R0S3550 DD7R20S300 DD7R0S3550 DD7R0S3550 DD7R0S3550 DOU002720M D6E027110A D6CE24110A D2BE0406H0 D1VT001330 D97U06R81B D1VT001330 D2B0RU3AM0 D28X0ERB20 D2CA2C15R0 D2CA2C15R0 D2CA2C15R0 DIODE,ZENER DIODE,VARISTA DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,ZENER DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,SILICON DIODE,SILICON DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,SILICON DIODE,RECTIFIER DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SILICON DIODE,RECTIFIER DIODE,SCHOTTKY DIODE DIODE,SILICON DIODE,ZENER DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SILICON DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE,SILICON DIODE,SILICON DIODE,SILICON DIODE,VARISTA DIODE,VARISTA DIODE,VARISTA DIODE,BRIDGE DIODE,SILICON DIODE,ZENER DIODE,SILICON DIODE,SILICON DIODE,RECTIFIER DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER DIODE,SCHOTTKY BARRIER IC101 IC102 IC104 IC301 IC302 IC801 IC2101 IC2301 IC2304 IC2601 IC3001 IC3002 IC3003 IC3201 IC3202 IC3601 IC3602 IC3604 IC3605 IC3606 IC3607 IC3608 IC3611 IC3612 IC3801 IC3802 IC3803 IC3804 AE007838 79097849 AE007834 AE007823 AE007823 AE007829 AE005610 AE000100 AD301770 AE000841 AE004650 AE006395 AE004653 AE007825 AE007825 AE004654 AE004654 AE001295 AE004805 AE007836 AE004802 AE007835 AE006399 AE003923 AE007824 AE004656 AE007825 AE007827 S5U902DM01 I9UF032290 S5U902DE01 I03DP901E0 I03DP901E0 I56K04A710 IFSK0883C0 I06F030180 I07E00358F ICQK067070 I07F097430 I0GF91ZPH0 I1KF98D050 I07F0C0WF0 I07F0C0WF0 I1KF98D330 I1KF98D330 I0QJ045800 I5PF099930 S5U902DE03 I1FF043340 S5U902DE02 ICMF08RD20 I5CF01G080 I07F093000 I1LF010100 I07F0C0WF0 I0GA9090R0 MEMORY DATA IC MEMORY DATA IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC MEMORY DATA IC MEMORY DATA IC IC IC IC IC IC UDZS5.6B TE-17 AVRL161A1R1NT RB160L-40-TE25 RB160L-40-TE25 UDZS3.3B TE-17 UDZS3.3B TE-17 21DQ09N-TA2B1 UDZS18B TE-17 21DQ04N-TA2B1 21DQ09N-TA2B1 1SS355 TE-17 1SS355 TE-17 21DQ04N-TA2B1 1SS355 TE-17 10ERB20-TA1B2 UDZS8.2B TE-17 21DQ04N-TA2B1 UDZS5.6B TE-17 1SS355 TE-17 10ERB20-TA1B2 21DQ09N-TA2B1 EC31QS04-TE12L 1SS355 TE-17 UDZS5.6B TE-17 UDZS5.6B TE-17 1SS355 TE-17 RB520S-30-TE61 1SS355 TE-17 1SS355 TE-17 1SS355 TE-17 DSS-272M-S00B ENE271D-10A ENE241D-10A-Q6 RBV-406H 1SS133T-77 MTZJ6.8B T-77 1SS133T-77 RU3AM 10ERB20-TA2B5 YG862C15R YG862C15R YG862C15R ICS ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! K3-19 OEC7133A PST3229NR BR24L64F-WE2 LA4901-E LA4901-E R8J66604A71FP MST9883C-LF-110 M63018FP BA10358F-E2 ZR36707TQC BA9743AFV-E2 PQ070XZ01ZPH KIA78D05F BA00BC0WFP-E2 BA00BC0WFP-E2 KIA78D33F KIA78D33F NJM4580M(TE1) SII9993CTG100 BR24L02F-WE2 CS4334-KSZR BR24L32F-WE2 SST89E58RD2-40-C-TQJE SN74AHC1G08DCKR BD9300FV-E2 AL1010 BA00BC0WFP-E2 PQ090RDA1SZH ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. Description ICS ! ! ! ! IC3805 IC3806 IC3809 IC3810 IC4001 IC4002 IC4005 IC4007 IC4301 IC4302 IC4303 IC4304 IC4305 IC5001 IC6601 IC7201 IC8101 IC8102 IC8103 IC8104 IC8150 IC8151 IC8152 IC8502 ! IC9001 ! IC9002 ! IC9003 AE004656 AE007825 AE004656 AE004648 AE003586 AE006854 AE006855 AE007837 AD301988 AD301988 AE001295 BZ611139 BZ611139 BZ611139 AE007828 AE004660 AE004651 AE004800 AD301988 AE004651 AD301988 AD301988 AD301988 AE003584 AE007826 AD302211 AE002809 I1LF010100 I07F0C0WF0 I1LF010100 I03D979950 ICQK06762V I57J0L04F0 IFQJ0A6BE6 S5U902DF01 I0UF015010 I0UF015010 I0QJ045800 I0QF02534V I0QF02534V I0QF02534V I19FF4440G IFKJ0LM850 I0QF025840 I05FE13830 I0UF015010 I0QF025840 I0UF015010 I0UF015010 I0UF015010 I17F017530 I0BT0X6730 I1KJ9A431A 000220002W Q101 Q105 Q301 Q302 Q307 Q2101 Q2601 Q2602 Q2603 Q2604 Q2605 Q2606 Q3001 Q3002 Q3003 Q3004 Q3005 Q3006 ! Q3007 ! Q3008 Q3205 Q3206 Q3207 Q3208 Q3209 Q3603 Q3604 Q3605 Q3606 Q3607 Q3608 Q3609 Q3610 Q3611 Q3612 Q3613 Q3801 Q3802 Q3803 Q3804 Q3805 Q3806 Q3807 BZ510021 BZ510026 AE004662 AE004662 AE002626 BZ510001 BZ510112 AE003592 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510021 AE004661 BZ510020 AE002626 BZ510108 AE002626 BZ510108 AE004663 AE004663 AE004661 BZ510071 AE004661 BZ510071 BZ510071 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510081 BZ510045 AE002626 AE002626 BZ510045 AE002626 AE007840 BZ510112 AE007839 BZ510057 BZ510020 BZ510021 BZ510071 TNYJC05001 TPYJC05001 T93A018020 T93A018020 T8YJ2412K0 T6YJ1037K0 T67J1036K0 T67J048TL0 T27T030180 T27T030180 T27T030180 TNYJC05001 T77J011320 TNYJB05001 T8YJ2412K0 TAAA1504SY T8YJ2412K0 TAAA1504SY TJ5M081090 TJ5M081090 T77J011320 TNAAB05003 T77J011320 TNAAB05003 TNAAB05003 T27T030180 T27T030180 T27T030180 T27T030180 T27T030180 TPYJA05001 TNYJD05001 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 TNYJD05001 T8YJ2412K0 T87J2411K0 T67J1036K0 T0300J6500 TAAT01281Y TNYJB05001 TNYJC05001 TNAAB05003 IC IC IC IC IC IC IC MEMORY DATA IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC PHOTO COUPLER AL1010 BA00BC0WFP-E2 AL1010 LA7995M-TLM ZR36762PQCG_V BR24L04F-WE2 EDS6416AHTA-6B-E SST39VF800A-70-4C-EKE MM1501XNRE MM1501XNRE NJM4580M(TE1) NJM2534V(TE2) NJM2534V(TE2) NJM2534V(TE2) MSP4440G-QA-C13-100 DTC34LM85AL NJM2584AM(TE1) TA1383FG MM1501XNRE NJM2584AM(TE1) MM1501XNRE MM1501XNRE MM1501XNRE PCM1753DBQR STR-X6737 KIA431A-AT PS2561AL1-1-V(W) TRANSISTORS COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON FET FET FET COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON FET FET TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR FET FET FET FET FET COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON FET TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR K3-20 DTC124EKAT146 DTA124EKAT146 2SD1802S/T-TL-E 2SD1802S/T-TL-E 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SA1037AKT146R,S 2SA1036KT146 2SA2048TL 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 DTC124EKAT146 2SB1132T100(Q,R) DTC114EKAT146 2SC2412KT146 R,S KTA1504S_Y_RTK 2SC2412KT146 R,S KTA1504S_Y_RTK TPC8109(T2LORION_Q) TPC8109(T2LORION_Q) 2SB1132T100(Q,R) KRC102SRTK 2SB1132T100(Q,R) KRC102SRTK KRC102SRTK 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 DTA143EKAT146 DTC144EKAT146 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S DTC144EKAT146 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2411K_Q,RT146 2SA1036KT146 2SJ650 KTA1281_Y DTC114EKAT146 DTC124EKAT146 KRC102SRTK ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. TRANSISTORS Q3808 Q3809 Q3810 Q3811 Q3812 Q3813 Q3814 Q3815 Q3816 Q3817 Q3819 Q3820 Q4301 Q4302 Q4303 Q4304 Q4305 Q4306 Q4307 Q4308 Q4309 Q4401 Q4402 Q4403 Q4404 Q5002 Q5004 Q5005 Q8101 Q8102 Q8103 Q8104 Q8507 AE002626 BZ510049 AE002626 AE002626 AE007842 AE004665 AE004665 AE007841 BZ510109 BZ510109 BZ510109 AE007841 AE002626 AE002626 AE002626 AE002626 AE002626 BZ510045 AE002626 BZ510107 BZ510067 AE002626 AE002626 AE002626 AE002626 AE002626 BZ510113 BZ510113 BZ510001 AE002626 AE002626 BZ510071 AE002626 T8YJ2412K0 TPYJD05001 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 TJ7M50P030 TS3M000044 TS3M000044 TJ7I90P030 TCAA3875SY TCAA3875SY TCAA3875SY TJ7I90P030 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 TNYJD05001 T8YJ2412K0 TPAAA05001 TNAAC05002 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 T27T030180 T27T030180 T6YJ1037K0 T8YJ2412K0 T8YJ2412K0 TNAAB05003 T8YJ2412K0 L301 L302 L804 L2101 L2102 L2103 L2106 L2107 L3001 L3002 L3003 L3004 L3601 L3602 L3603 L3604 L3801 L3802 L3804 L3805 L3806 L3807 L3808 L4001 L4301 L4306 L4307 L4401 L4402 L5001 L5002 L6601 L6602 L6603 L7201 L7202 L7203 AE004595 AE004595 AE007760 AE005284 AE005284 AE005285 AE007759 AE005284 AE004593 AE004593 BZ310191 BZ310150 AE004752 AE004752 AE004752 AE004752 AD301785 AE004594 BZ310150 AE007757 AE007757 BZ310150 AE007757 AE004601 AE005285 AE005284 AE005284 BZ310039 AD301989 BZ310041 BZ310040 BZ310141 BZ310141 BZ310141 AE005285 AE005285 AE005285 021404221M 021404221M 0216SD4R7J 0216S8220K 0216S8220K 0216S8470K 0216S45R6J 0216S8220K 021404101L 021404101L 02167F2R2J 02167E220K 02D6000068 02D6000068 02D6000068 02D6000068 02167E100K 021404150M 02167E220K 021404470M 021404470M 02167E220K 021404470M 0216SD1R5J 0216S8470K 0216S8220K 0216S8220K 02167F220J 0216A6330J 02167F101J 02167F470J 02167F100J 02167F100J 02167F100J 0216S8470K 0216S8470K 0216S8470K Description TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON FET COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR FET TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON FET TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON FET FET TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON TRANSISTOR,SILICON COMPOUND TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR,SILICON 2SC2412KT146 R,S DTA144EKAT146 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S RSS050P03_TB CPH6312-TL-E CPH6312-TL-E RSS090P03_TB KTC3875S_Y_RTK KTC3875S_Y_RTK KTC3875S_Y_RTK RSS090P03_TB 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S DTC144EKAT146 2SC2412KT146 R,S KRA101SRTK KRC103SRTK 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SK3018T106 2SK3018T106 2SA1037AKT146R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S 2SC2412KT146 R,S KRC102SRTK 2SC2412KT146 R,S COILS &TRANSFORMERS COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL,CHOKE COIL,CHOKE COIL,CHOKE COIL,CHOKE COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL K3-21 220 UH 220 UH 4.7 UH 22 UH 22 UH 47 UH 5.6 UH 22 UH 100 UH 100 UH 2.2 UH 22 UH ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 ACM2012D-900-2P-T00 10 UH 15 UH 22 UH 47 UH 47 UH 22 UH 47 UH 1.5 UH 47 UH 22 UH 22 UH 22 UH 33 UH 100 UH 47 UH 10 UH 10 UH 10 UH 47 UH 47 UH 47 UH ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. COILS &TRANSFORMERS Description L8101 L8102 L8103 L8150 L8502 L8503 L8504 L9002 L9003 ! T9001 AE005284 AE005285 AE005285 AE005285 AE000828 AE000828 AE000828 AE007758 AE007764 AE007765 0216S8220K 0216S8470K 0216S8470K 0216S8470K 02167F1R0K 02167F1R0K 02167F1R0K 0214646R8M 02DX000075 0481420734 COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL,CHOKE TRANSFORMER,SWITCHING J3601 J3602 ! J3802 ! J4301 J4302 J4303 J4304 J4305 J4306 J4401 J4402 J4403 J4404 J4405 J4406 J4407 J4408 J4409 J5001 ! J9001 AE002950 AE002951 AE007766 AE002426 AE002950 AE002951 AE002950 AE002951 AE002949 AE004334 AE002949 AE002950 AE002951 AE002951 AE005146 AE005147 AE002950 AE002951 AE003568 AE007767 060J421037 060J421030 0602606001 0602131008 060J421037 060J421030 060J421037 060J421030 060J421036 063D700009 060J421036 060J421037 060J421030 060J421030 060J421043 060J421044 060J421037 060J421030 060J401102 064Q1A0003 RCA JACK RCA JACK JACK,DC HEADPHONE JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK RCA JACK JACK,AC SW2201 SW2202 SW2203 SW2204 SW2206 SW2208 SW2209 SW2251 SW2252 SW2253 SW2254 SW2255 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 BZ612010 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 0504101T34 PCB130 PCB270 PCB280 PCBC00 PCBD20 PCBDA0 PCBDJ0 PCBDS0 AE007788 AE007789 AE007790 AE007791 AE007792 AE007793 AE007794 AE007795 A5U902D130 A5U902D270 A5U902D280 A5U902DC00 A5U902DD20 A5U902DDA0 A5U902DDJ0 A5U902DDS0 B301 B702 B801 B802 B804 B805 B2101 B2301 B2601 B2602 B2603 B2604 B2605 B3001 B3201 B3202 B3203 BZ310121 BZ310121 AE007762 AE007762 AE007762 AE007762 AE007762 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 AE007761 AE007761 AE007761 024HT03553 024HT03553 024AC5600E 024AC5600E 024AC5600E 024AC5600E 024AC5600E 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 47 UH 47 UH 47 UH 47 UH 1 UH 1 UH 1 UH 6.8 UH ST-202SB 81420734 JACKS MTJ-032-05A-32-FE MTJ-032-05A-31-FE TCS7960-4320177 HSJ0913-01-140 MTJ-032-05A-32-FE MTJ-032-05A-31-FE MTJ-032-05A-32-FE MTJ-032-05A-31-FE MTJ-032-05A-30-FE MDC-070V-A_LF MTJ-032-05A-30-FE MTJ-032-05A-32-FE MTJ-032-05A-31-FE MTJ-032-05A-31-FE MTJ-032-05A-29-FE MTJ-032-05A-50-FE MTJ-032-05A-32-FE MTJ-032-05A-31-FE MSP-251V-05NI-FE-LF CCT2302-0911 SWITCHES SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT SWITCH,TACT EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R EVQ21505R P.C.BOARD ASSEMBLIES PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y PCB ASS'Y DMD005C CEE057A DED007C CEE068A CME030A CEE067A CED011A CEE082A MISCELLANEOUS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS K3-22 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 BLM18BB600SN1D BLM18BB600SN1D BLM18BB600SN1D BLM18BB600SN1D BLM18BB600SN1D FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ! ! ! ! ! ! Location No. TSB P/N B3204 B3205 B3206 B3207 B3601 B3602 B3603 B3604 B3608 B3609 B3610 B3611 B3801 B3802 B3803 B3804 B3805 B3806 B3807 B3811 B3812 B3813 B3814 B4001 B4002 B4003 B4004 B4005 B4006 B4007 B4008 B4009 B4010 B4301 B4302 B4303 B4304 B4305 B5001 B8503 B9001 B9002 BT001 BT002 CD301 CD501 CD505 CD701 CD801 CD802 CP101 CP102 CP103 CP301 CP801 CP802 CD2200 CD2202 CD2251 CD2601 CD3601 CD3801 CD3804 CD7202 CD9002 CF9001 CF9002 CP2200 CP2251 CP2301 CP2302 AE007761 AE007761 AE007761 AE007761 AE004602 AE004602 AE004602 AE004602 AE004602 AE004602 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310121 BZ310129 BZ310129 BZ310121 BZ310121 BZ310121 AE007761 AE007761 AE007761 AE007761 AE007761 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 BZ310186 AE005476 AE005476 AE007762 AE007762 AE007762 BZ310121 BZ310186 BZ310122 BZ310121 AE005640 AE005640 AE007770 AE007774 AE004631 AE007778 AE007786 AE007787 AD300752 BZ614213 BZ614242 AD301045 AE007769 AE006528 AE007773 AE007775 AE007772 AE001699 AE007771 AE007777 AE007776 AE007779 AE007785 AE007763 AE006198 BZ614350 AE005287 AE006524 AE006525 Reference No. MISCELLANEOUS 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024HC36001 024HC36001 024HC36001 024HC36001 024HC36001 024HC36001 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HT03553 024HT03564 024HT03564 024HT03553 024HT03553 024HT03553 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024AC5181J 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 024HC31022 0246C51024 0246C51024 024AC5600E 024AC5600E 024AC5600E 024HT03553 024HC31022 024HT03563 024HT03553 141R004016 141R004016 06C3145002 06C3242901 120G119903 06C32G1601 122H0T0801 122H0U0802 069S250629 069S2A0629 069S260629 069S140419 069EVT3030 069EVU3030 06C3234501 06C3251802 06C3220704 122H0O1902 06C31K3201 06C32E3801 06C32B1801 06CHRU3401 1208414305 029X000135 029X000131 069S230629 069S220639 069EV93030 069EVC3030 CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS CORE,BEADS BATTERY,MANGAN BATTERY,MANGAN CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,SET AC CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,JUMPER CORD,JUMPER CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,JUMPER CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,CONNECTOR CORD,DC COIL,LINE FILTER COIL,LINE FILTER CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE K3-23 Description BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D HCB2012K-600T25 HCB2012K-600T25 HCB2012K-600T25 HCB2012K-600T25 HCB2012K-600T25 HCB2012K-600T25 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 W4BRH3.5X6X1.0 W4BRH3.5X6X1.0 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D BLM18PG181SN1D FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 FCM2012H-102T04 MMZ1608R102CT MMZ1608R102CT BLM18BB600SN1D BLM18BB600SN1D BLM18BB600SN1D W5RH3.5X5X1.0 FCM2012H-102T04 W4BRH3.5X6X1.0X2 W5RH3.5X5X1.0 GR03X-SP2 GR03X-SP2 C3145002 C3242901 0G119903 C32G1601 2H0T0801 2H0U0802 A2001WV2-5P A2001WV2-10P A2001WV2-6P A2502WV2-4P 00_6232_029_006_800+ 00_6232_030_006_800+ C3234501 C3251802 C3220704 2H0O1902 C31K3201 C32E3801 C32B1801 CHRU3401 1208414305 SS30V-R150270 SS26V-R150162 A2001WV2-3P A2001WR2-2P 00_6232_009_006_800+ 00_6232_012_006_800+ ELECTRICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Location No. TSB P/N Reference No. MISCELLANEOUS CP2601 CP3201 CP3601 CP3604 CP3801 CP3802 CP4301 CP4302 CP4303 CP4401 CP5001 CP5002 CP7203 CP9001 CUS811 ELC001 ELC002 F3001 F3801 F9001 F9002 F9003 FH9001 FH9002 NR801 NR802 NR803 NR804 NR805 NR806 NR807 NR2101 NR2102 NR2103 NR2104 NR2105 NR2106 NR7201 NR7202 OS2202 SP301 SP302 TM101 TR301 TH9001 TR3801 TR3805 TU4401 V2301 X101 X801 X3601 X4001 X6601 X8101 X8102 AE003571 BZ614214 AE004763 BZ614239 BZ614459 AD301998 AE005152 AE007768 AE004336 AE006528 AE007769 AD300752 AE005151 BZ614444 BZ710279 BZ614043 BZ614044 AE004626 AE004624 BZ614422 AE007782 AE004346 AE002634 AE002634 AE006386 AE005937 AE005937 AE005937 AE005937 AE005937 AE005937 AE004680 AE004680 AE004680 AE004680 AE004680 AE004680 AE005599 AE005599 AE004623 AE007780 AE007780 AE007781 BZ310181 AE007804 BZ310118 BZ310118 AE006829 AE007783 AE004780 AE007784 AE004779 AD301803 BZ613042 AE005441 AE004348 069GYOT119 069S2B0629 069HYJ3010 069S290639 069S2E0629 069S240629 069S1K0019 0694S15017 069S2G0629 069EVU3030 069EVT3030 069S250629 069HVWT04A 069D01001A 800WFAA006 124116281A 124120301A 083LA05007 0835C05003 081PC6R305 08ATC03001 0835A07005 06710T0009 06710T0009 110P4000M4 110P4470M4 110P4470M4 110P4470M4 110P4470M4 110P4470M4 110P4470M4 110P4101M4 110P4101M4 110P4101M4 110P4101M4 110P4101M4 110P4101M4 110P4220M4 110P4220M4 0773071006 070N546013 070N546013 076D0LT010 02A6B2E0A1 DSR0LDNB00 02AHB9A972 02AHB9A972 0162300045 09ES120001 100WT01611 100YT05401 100CT01101 100BT02701 100CT01803 100DA3R529 1002R01502 RC................... CARBON RESISTOR CC................... CE................... CP................... CPP.................. CPL.................. CMP................... CMPL................ CMPP................ CERAMIC CAPACITOR ALUMI ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR POLYESTER CAPACITOR POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR PLASTIC CAPACITOR METAL POLYESTER CAPACITOR METAL PLASTIC CAPACITOR METAL POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITOR CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CONNECTOR PCB SIDE CUSHION A EYE LET EYE LET FUSE MICRO FUSE FUSE FUSE MICRO FUSE HOLDER,FUSE HOLDER,FUSE R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK R,NETWORK REMOTE RECEIVER SPEAKER SPEAKER TRANSMITTER CORE,FERRITE THERMISTOR CORE,FERRITE CORE,FERRITE RF UNIT LCD CRYSTAL CRYSTAL CRYSTAL CRYSTAL CRYSTAL CRYSTAL CERAMIC OSCILLATOR RESISTOR CAPACITORS K3-24 Description 09-5000-024-001-001 A2001WV2-11P DC1R019JDA A2001WR2-9P A2001WV2-14P A2001WV2-4P A2501WV2-20P 1-1734344-1 A2001WV2-16P 00_6232_030_006_800+ 00_6232_029_006_800+ A2001WV2-5P FI-X30S-HF-NPB 003P-2100 XRY16X28BD XRY20X30BD 1206FA5A-T 20N_5000FS 51MS063L HU5X-24.5 20N_7000FSW EYF-52BCY EYF-52BCY 4D03WGJ0000T5E 4D03WGJ0470T5E 4D03WGJ0470T5E 4D03WGJ0470T5E 4D03WGJ0470T5E 4D03WGJ0470T5E 4D03WGJ0470T5E 4D03WGJ0101T5E 4D03WGJ0101T5E 4D03WGJ0101T5E 4D03WGJ0101T5E 4D03WGJ0101T5E 4D03WGJ0101T5E 4D03WGJ0220T5E 4D03WGJ0220T5E RPM7138-SH8 YDP4010-12 YDP4010-12 ORV205N1505026-J HF70T22*10*14 NTPAA2R2LDNB0 W5T29X7.5X19 W5T29X7.5X19 115-V-LA35AR LC200WX1-SL01 HC-49/U-S FCX-03 HC-49/U-S HC-49U/S HC-49/U-S HC-49/U CSBLA503KECZF30-B0 TOSHIBA CORPORATION 1-1, SHIBAURA 1-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO 105-8001, JAPAN
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.5 Linearized : Yes XMP Toolkit : 3.1-701 About : uuid:fe2d4fcd-efe1-49b2-bd3d-4db8e6232a92 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 6.0 (Windows) Create Date : 2005:07:15 16:30:02+09:00 Modify Date : 2005:08:04 10:31:58-05:00 Metadata Date : 2005:08:04 10:31:58-05:00 Document ID : uuid:cfc7b4cf-0fdf-41d2-abc6-fc63d6fa0420 Instance ID : uuid:ebdf9ffd-3a32-43c9-9a6b-55a3d2994d62 Format : application/pdf Title : untitled Page Count : 97EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools